[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025041642A1 - Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025041642A1
WO2025041642A1 PCT/JP2024/028608 JP2024028608W WO2025041642A1 WO 2025041642 A1 WO2025041642 A1 WO 2025041642A1 JP 2024028608 W JP2024028608 W JP 2024028608W WO 2025041642 A1 WO2025041642 A1 WO 2025041642A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
composition
pigment
mass
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2024/028608
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
諒介 遠藤
良司 折田
俊佑 柳
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of WO2025041642A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025041642A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/02Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L51/00Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/02Polyamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/38Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a composition containing a pigment.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device that use a composition containing a pigment.
  • Color filters are manufactured using compositions that contain coloring materials such as pigments.
  • Patent Document 1 describes an invention relating to a coloring composition for color filters that contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a basic pigment derivative, and a resin-type dispersant.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a composition having excellent storage stability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • Pigment A a compound B having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000;
  • a compound C containing two or more amino groups in one molecule and having a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000;
  • a compound D having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group;
  • a composition comprising: ⁇ 2> The composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the compound C is polyethyleneimine.
  • ⁇ 4> The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the compound C has an amine value of 800 mgKOH/g or more.
  • ⁇ 5> The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, comprising 10 to 150 parts by mass of the compound C relative to 100 parts by mass of the compound B.
  • ⁇ 6> The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, comprising, relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment A, 5 to 15 parts by mass of the compound B, 2 to 8 parts by mass of the compound C, and 30 to 50 parts by mass of the compound D.
  • composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6> further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • ⁇ 8> The composition according to ⁇ 7>, in which the content of the pigment A in the total solid content of the composition is 50 mass% or more.
  • the pigment A includes at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a phthalocyanine pigment.
  • ⁇ 12> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to ⁇ 10>.
  • ⁇ 13> An image display device having the film according to ⁇ 10>.
  • the present invention can provide a composition with excellent storage stability.
  • the present invention can also provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
  • alkyl group encompasses not only alkyl groups that have no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acryloyl refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated as polystyrene standards measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • a pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process” refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the intended effect of the process is achieved.
  • composition of the present invention comprises Pigment A; a compound B having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000; A compound C containing two or more amino groups in one molecule and having a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000; a compound D having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group;
  • the present invention is characterized by comprising:
  • the composition of the present invention has good pigment dispersibility in the composition, can suppress the increase in viscosity over time, and has excellent storage stability. It is presumed that the reason for such effects is as follows. Pigment A and either compound B or compound C are adsorbed to the surface of the pigment due to the anchor effect, and compound B and compound C are adsorbed due to acid-base interaction. In addition, when compound D is a compound having an acid group, it is presumed that compound D is adsorbed to compound C due to acid-base interaction, and when compound D is a compound having a basic group, it is presumed that compound D is adsorbed to compound B due to acid-base interaction.
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably used as a composition for optical filters.
  • optical filters include color filters, infrared transmission filters, and infrared cut filters, and color filters are preferred.
  • the composition of the present invention is also preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, the composition is preferably used as a composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is even more preferably used as a composition for forming colored pixels of color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
  • color filter is a filter having colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength.
  • colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, with green pixels or red pixels being preferred.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared cut filter is preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm.
  • the transmittance of the infrared cut filter in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more.
  • the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less.
  • the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500, even more preferably 70 to 450, and particularly preferably 100 to 400.
  • the infrared cut filter can be formed using a composition containing an infrared absorbing pigment.
  • the infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a part of infrared light.
  • the infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a part of visible light and transmits at least a part of infrared light.
  • Preferred examples of the infrared transmission filter include filters that satisfy the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm.
  • the infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • composition of the present invention can also be used as a light-shielding film.
  • the solids concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the composition of the present invention contains pigment A (hereinafter, referred to as pigment).
  • pigment examples include white pigments, black pigments, chromatic pigments, and infrared absorbing pigments.
  • the white pigment includes not only pure white pigments, but also light gray pigments close to white (e.g., grayish white, light gray, etc.).
  • the pigment is preferably a compound that has neither acid groups nor basic groups, or a compound that has the same number of acid groups and basic groups.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment from the standpoint of the wide range of color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, etc. Furthermore, the pigment preferably contains at least one type selected from a chromatic pigment and an infrared absorbing pigment, and more preferably contains a chromatic pigment.
  • the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, azomethine pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, and quinophthalone pigments, more preferably contains at least one selected from phthalocyanine pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments, and further preferably contains at least one selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and phthalocyanine pigments, because the effects of the present invention are more pronounced, and particularly preferably contains a phthalocyanine pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, and even more preferably 1 to 15 nm.
  • the crystallite size can be determined from the half-width of the diffraction angle peak using an X-ray diffraction device, and is calculated using Scherrer's formula.
  • the crystallite size of the organic pigment can be adjusted by known methods such as adjusting the manufacturing conditions or pulverizing after manufacturing.
  • the specific surface area of the pigment is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less.
  • the value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
  • chromatic pigments examples include yellow pigments, orange pigments, red pigments, green pigments, purple pigments, and blue pigments.
  • the chromatic pigments preferably contain at least one selected from green pigments and red pigments, and more preferably contain a green pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include the following:
  • Red pigments include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, azo pigments, naphthol pigments, azomethine pigments, xanthene pigments, quinacridone pigments, perylene pigments, and thioindigo pigments, with diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, and azo pigments being preferred, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments being more preferred.
  • red pigments include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 1 49,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297, etc.
  • red pigment the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 and the brominated diketopyrrolo
  • C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, 254, 255, 264, 269, and 272 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred.
  • Green pigments include phthalocyanine pigments and squarylium pigments, with phthalocyanine pigments being preferred.
  • green pigments include C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can also be used as a green pigment.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720.
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0029 of WO 2022/085485, the aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2020-070426, and the diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758 can also be used as green pigments.
  • C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, and 63 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred.
  • Orange pigments include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and azo pigments, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments are preferred. Specific examples of orange pigments include C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
  • yellow pigments examples include azo pigments, azomethine pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and perylene pigments.
  • the yellow pigment is preferably at least one selected from isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments. Specific examples of yellow pigments include C.I.
  • an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
  • purple pigments examples include oxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, perylene pigments, and indigo pigments, with oxazine pigments being preferred.
  • Specific examples of purple pigments include C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • blue pigments examples include phthalocyanine pigments and squarylium pigments, with phthalocyanine pigments being preferred.
  • Specific examples of blue pigments include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88.
  • Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue pigments. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Two or more chromatic pigments may be used in combination.
  • the two or more chromatic pigments may form a black color. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7).
  • the composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
  • An embodiment containing a red pigment and a blue pigment An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a yellow pigment.
  • An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, a purple pigment, and a green pigment An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a green pigment. (6) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a green pigment. (7) An embodiment containing a yellow pigment and a purple pigment.
  • White pigment examples include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, and zinc sulfide.
  • the white pigment may be any of the white pigments described in paragraphs 0040 to 0043 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the black pigment is not particularly limited, and any known black pigment can be used.
  • the black pigment may be an inorganic black pigment or an organic black pigment.
  • the black pigment means a pigment that exhibits absorption over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • inorganic black pigments include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, etc., with carbon black and titanium black being preferred, and titanium black being more preferred.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferred.
  • titanium black described in paragraph 0044 of WO 2022/085485 and zirconium nitride powder described in JP 2023-048173 A can be used.
  • organic black pigments examples include bisbenzofuranone pigments, azomethine pigments, perylene pigments, and azo pigments, with bisbenzofuranone pigments and perylene pigments being preferred.
  • the organic black pigment may be a compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2022/065215.
  • the organic black pigment may be perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, or a black azo pigment described in JP-A-2022-121935.
  • the infrared absorbing pigment is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength longer than 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing pigment is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1800 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1400 nm, even more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1200 nm, and particularly preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1000 nm.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 of the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing pigment to the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • the infrared absorbing pigment is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment.
  • Infrared absorbing pigments include pyrrolopyrrole pigments, cyanine pigments, squarylium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthalocyanine pigments, quaterrylene pigments, merocyanine pigments, croconium pigments, oxonol pigments, iminium pigments, dithiol pigments, triarylmethane pigments, pyrromethene pigments, azomethine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, dibenzofuranone pigments, dithiolene metal complex pigments, metal oxides, metal borides, etc. Specific examples of these include the compounds described in paragraph 0114 of WO 2022/065215.
  • infrared absorbing pigments examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0121 of WO 2022/065215, squarylium compounds described in JP 2020-075959 A, copper complexes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0135217, croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, near infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A, and compounds described in JP 2019-127549 A.
  • the pigment content of the total solid content of the composition is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 55% by mass or more, and even more preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • composition of the present invention contains compound B (hereinafter also referred to as specific acidic compound) having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the specific acidic compound is preferably 200 or more, and more preferably 300 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the specific acidic compound is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • Examples of the dye structure possessed by the specific acidic compound include a quinoline dye structure, a benzimidazolone dye structure, a benzoisoindole dye structure, a benzothiazole dye structure, an iminium dye structure, a squarylium dye structure, a croconium dye structure, an oxonol dye structure, a pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, an azo dye structure, an azomethine dye structure, a phthalocyanine dye structure, a naphthalocyanine dye structure, an anthraquinone dye structure, a quinacridone dye structure, a dioxazine dye structure, a perinone dye structure, a perylene dye structure, a thiazineindigo dye structure, a thioindigo dye structure, an isoindoline dye structure, an isoindolinone dye structure, a quinophthalone dye structure
  • a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a phthalocyanine dye structure, a quinophthalone dye structure, an isoindoline dye structure, or an azomethine dye structure is preferable, and a quinophthalone dye structure is more preferable.
  • the aromatic rings contained in the specific acidic compound include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. These rings may further have a substituent.
  • the heteroaromatic rings contained in the specific acidic compound may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaromatic ring preferably include at least one selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably include a nitrogen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3. Specific examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a triazine ring and a naphthalene ring, and a triazine ring is preferable.
  • Examples of the acid group possessed by the specific acidic compound include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
  • the imide acid group is preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , -CONHCOR X3 , or -SO 2 NHCOR X4 , more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , or -SO 2 NHCOR X4 , and even more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 or -CONHSO 2 R X2 .
  • R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X4 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, and even more preferably 6.
  • the specific acidic compound is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from a dye structure and a triazine ring, and an acid group.
  • the specific acidic compound may have a basic group, but it is preferable that the number of basic groups in one molecule is less than the number of acid groups. It is particularly preferable that the specific acidic compound does not have a basic group.
  • specific acidic compounds include compounds Syn-A1 to Syn-A5 described in the Examples below, compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282, compounds described in JP 2019-172968 A, and compounds described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 115124889.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 11 parts by mass of the specific acidic compound per 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the content of the specific acidic compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 1 to 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 8% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain only one specific acidic compound or may contain two or more specific acidic compounds. When two or more specific acidic compounds are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention contains a compound C (hereinafter also referred to as a specific amine compound) that contains two or more amino groups in one molecule and has a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1200 or less, more preferably 600 or less.
  • the value of the molecular weight of the specific amine compound if the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. If the molecular weight cannot be measured by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. If the molecular weight cannot be measured by the viscosity method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight in polystyrene equivalent measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
  • the amine value of the specific amine compound is preferably 800 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 850 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 900 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 1400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 1300 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the number of amino groups contained in the specific amine compound is 2 or more, and preferably 3 or more.
  • the upper limit can be 30 or less.
  • the amino group possessed by the specific amine compound may be any of a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group, but is preferably a compound having a primary amino group, more preferably a compound containing a primary amino group and a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group, and even more preferably a compound containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
  • the amino group of the specific amine compound may be a cyclic amino group.
  • the cyclic amino group may be an aliphatic cyclic amino group such as a piperidino group, or an aromatic cyclic amino group such as a pyridyl group.
  • the cyclic amino group is preferably a cyclic amino group having a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure, more preferably a cyclic amino group having a 6-membered ring structure, and even more preferably an aliphatic cyclic amino group having a 6-membered ring structure.
  • the cyclic amino group preferably has a hindered amine structure, and particularly preferably has a 6-membered hindered amine structure.
  • the hindered amine structure preferably has substituents such as alkyl groups on two carbon atoms in the ring structure adjacent to the nitrogen atom of the cyclic amino group.
  • cyclic amino groups having a hindered amine structure include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group, 1,2,6,6-trimethylpiperidyl group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidyl group, 1-methyl-2,6-di(t-butyl)piperidyl group, 2,6-di(t-butyl)piperidyl group, 1,2,2,5,5-pentamethylpyrrolidyl group, 2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidyl group, etc.
  • 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group or 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group is preferred, and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group is more preferred.
  • the specific amine compound may have an acid group, but it is preferable that the number of acid groups in one molecule is less than the number of amino groups. It is particularly preferable that the specific amine compound does not have an acid group.
  • the specific amine compound is preferably a polyalkyleneimine because it can further improve the storage stability of the composition.
  • a polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine.
  • alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine. Ethyleneimine or propyleneimine is preferable, and ethyleneimine is more preferable.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine.
  • the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total amount of primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups.
  • Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, and SP-018 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the specific amine compound is also preferably a compound having a heteroaromatic ring. According to this embodiment, an excellent effect can be obtained by adsorption to the pigment surface.
  • the heteroaromatic ring of the specific amine compound may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • the heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaromatic ring preferably contain at least one type selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably contain a nitrogen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • a specific example of a heteroaromatic ring is a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring such as a pyridine ring.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains 1 to 10 parts by mass of the specific amine compound per 100 parts by mass of the pigment, more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 4 parts by mass.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains 5 to 200 parts by mass of the specific amine compound per 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific acidic compound, more preferably 10 to 150 parts by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the content of the specific amine compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 1 to 5 mass%.
  • the upper limit is preferably 5 mass% or less, and more preferably 3 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1 mass% or more, and more preferably 1.5 mass% or more.
  • composition of the present invention may contain only one specific amine compound, or may contain two or more specific amine compounds. When two or more specific acidic compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of the specific acidic compounds is within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention contains a compound D (hereinafter also referred to as a specific polymer compound) having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group.
  • a compound D hereinafter also referred to as a specific polymer compound
  • the composition of the present invention contains a compound D (hereinafter also referred to as a specific polymer compound) having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the specific polymer compound is preferably 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably 2,000 to 7,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 4,000.
  • the acid group contained in the specific polymer compound includes a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group, etc., and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the basic group contained in the specific polymer compound includes an amino group, etc.
  • the specific polymer compound is preferably a compound having an acid group, since this can further improve storage stability and also effectively suppress the occurrence of development residues.
  • the acid value of the specific polymer compound is preferably 5 to 150 mgKOH/g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the basic group value of the specific polymer compound is preferably 10 to 80 mgKOH/g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the specific polymer compound may have both an acid group and a basic group.
  • the specific polymer compound preferably has an acid value of 5 to 150 mgKOH/g and a basic group value of 10 to 80 mgKOH/g, more preferably has an acid value of 20 to 100 mgKOH/g and a basic group value of 20 to 70 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably has an acid value of 40 to 80 mgKOH/g and a basic group value of 30 to 60 mgKOH/g.
  • the specific polymer compound has at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure.
  • the polyester structure may be a structure represented by formula (G-1), (G-2) or (G-3).
  • the polyether structure may be a structure represented by formula (G-4).
  • R and R each independently represent an alkylene group.
  • n1 to n4 each independently represent an integer of 2 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R G1 and R G2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16, and further preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkylene group represented by R G1 and R G2 is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • n1 to n4 each independently represent an integer of 2 or greater, preferably an integer of 3 or greater, more preferably an integer of 5 or greater, and even more preferably an integer of 8 or greater.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and even more preferably 60 or less.
  • a preferred embodiment of compound D is a graft resin having a repeating unit with a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and a repeating unit with an acid group or a basic group.
  • repeating unit having a graft chain is a repeating unit represented by formula (d1-1).
  • X d1 represents a trivalent linking group
  • L d1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • W d1 represents a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure.
  • Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by Xd1 include a poly(meth)acrylic linking group, a polyalkyleneimine linking group, a polyester linking group, a polyurethane linking group, a polyurea linking group, a polyamide linking group, a polyether linking group, and a polystyrene linking group.
  • a poly(meth)acrylic linking group or a polyalkyleneimine linking group is preferable, and a poly(meth)acrylic linking group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L d1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the graft chain represented by Wd1 contains at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure.
  • Examples of the polyester structure and the polyether structure include those described above.
  • the terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the substituent may be a group represented by formula (W-1). -L w1 -R w1 ...(W-1)
  • L w1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R w1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, or a heteroarylthioether group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L w1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having a graft chain is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1000 to 10000, and even more preferably 1000 to 7500.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having a graft chain is a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used in the polymerization of the repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit having a graft chain can be formed by polymerizing a macromonomer.
  • a macromonomer means a polymeric compound in which a polymerizable group is introduced at the end of the polymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the macromonomer corresponds to the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having a graft chain.
  • the content of the repeating units having the above graft chains is preferably 1 to 90 mol% of the total repeating units of the graft resin.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group or a basic group contained in the graft resin includes a repeating unit represented by formula (d2-1).
  • X d2 represents a trivalent linking group
  • L d2 represents a single bond or an (n+1)-valent linking group
  • W d2 represents an acid group or a basic group
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by Xd2 include a poly(meth)acrylic linking group, a polyalkyleneimine linking group, a polyester linking group, a polyurethane linking group, a polyurea linking group, a polyamide linking group, a polyether linking group, and a polystyrene linking group.
  • a poly(meth)acrylic linking group or a polyalkyleneimine linking group is preferable, and a poly(meth)acrylic linking group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the (n+1) valent linking group represented by L d2 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and groups combining two or more of these.
  • Examples of the acid group and basic group represented by W d2 include the above-mentioned acid group and basic group.
  • W d2 is preferably an acid group.
  • n an integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2.
  • the content of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 1 to 90 mol% of all repeating units of the graft resin.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less.
  • the graft resin may further have a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the content of repeating units having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more, of all repeating units of the graft resin.
  • the upper limit can be 90 mol% or less, 80 mol% or less, or 70 mol% or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the graft resin is preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 45,000 or less, and more preferably 40,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 8,000 or more.
  • the specific polymer compound is also preferably a compound represented by formula (1).
  • X1 represents a linking group having a valence of m+n and a molecular weight of 1,000 or less.
  • Y 1 represents -O- or -NR Y1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent;
  • Z1 represents a polyether structure or a polyester structure;
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 to 10.
  • the molecular weight of the m+n valent linking group represented by X 1 in formula (1) is preferably 50-500, and more preferably 50-250.
  • Examples of the m+n valent linking group represented by X1 include an aromatic ring group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a group in which two or more of these groups are linked via a single bond or a linking group.
  • linking group examples include -CR X1 R X2 -, -NH-, -N ⁇ , -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -NHCOO-, -CONH-, -OCONH-, -S-, -SO 2 -, and -OSO 2 -, and -CR X1 R X2 -, -NH-, -N ⁇ , -O-, or -SO 2 - is preferred.
  • R X1 and R X2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a phenyl group, an amide group, a nitro group, and an alkoxy group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic group or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a phenyl group, an amide group, a nitro group, and an alkoxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 20.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include saturated or unsaturated acyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups containing a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic ring.
  • the aliphatic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the aliphatic ring may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, and a phenyl group.
  • the m+n valent linking group represented by X1 is preferably an aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or a group in which two or more of these groups are linked via a single bond or the above-mentioned linking group, and more preferably an aromatic ring group, or a group in which two or more aromatic ring groups are linked via a single bond or the above-mentioned linking group.
  • Y 1 represents -O- or -NR Y1 -, and R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R Y1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and R Y1 is preferably an alkyl group.
  • R Y1 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Y 1 is preferably —O— or —NH—, and more preferably —O—.
  • Z1 in formula (1) represents a polyether structure or a polyester structure, and is preferably a polyether structure.
  • Examples of the polyether structure and polyester structure include those described above.
  • the lower limit is preferably an integer of 3 or more, more preferably an integer of 5 or more, and even more preferably an integer of 10 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably an integer of 60 or less, more preferably an integer of 50 or less, and even more preferably an integer of 40 or less.
  • R 1 in formula (1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15.
  • the alkyl group is preferably linear or branched.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains 10 to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer compound per 100 parts by mass of the pigment, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, even more preferably 30 to 50 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 40 parts by mass.
  • composition of the present invention may contain only one specific polymer compound, or may contain two or more specific polymer compounds. When two or more specific acidic compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of the specific acidic compounds is within the above range.
  • Black dyes include bisbenzofuranone dyes, azomethine dyes, perylene dyes, and azo dyes.
  • Infrared absorbing dyes include pyrrolopyrrole dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, quaterrylene dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, oxonol dyes, iminium dyes, dithiol dyes, triarylmethane dyes, pyrromethene dyes, azomethine dyes, anthraquinone dyes, and dibenzofuranone dyes.
  • a dye polymer can also be used as the dye.
  • a dye polymer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. There is no particular limit to the upper limit, but it can be 100 or less.
  • the multiple dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer is preferably 2000 to 50000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30000 or less, and even more preferably 20000 or less.
  • the dye polymer can also be a compound described in JP2011-213925A, JP2013-041097A, JP2015-028144A, JP2015-030742A, WO2016/031442, etc.
  • the other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures.
  • Other colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain a resin as a material other than the above-mentioned compound D.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing pigments in the composition or for the purpose of a binder.
  • a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments in a composition is also called a dispersant.
  • such a use of the resin is only an example, and the resin may be used for purposes other than such a use.
  • resins examples include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins.
  • examples of the resin include the resin described in paragraphs 0091 to 0099 of WO 2022/065215, the blocked polyisocyanate resin described in JP 2016-222891 A, the resin described in JP 2020-122052 A, the resin described in JP 2020-111656 A, the resin described in JP 2020-139021 A, the resin described in JP 2017-138503 A containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain, and the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0199 of JP 2020-186373 A.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resin it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group on the side chain out of all the repeating units of the resin.
  • the upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.
  • the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, more preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group, and even more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group.
  • the resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
  • resins with basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24 000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like.
  • the resin having a basic group may be a block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A, a block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A, or a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP 2019-184763 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the storage stability of the composition can be further improved.
  • the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, and even more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.
  • a resin having an aromatic carboxy group As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group.
  • the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of a repeating unit, or may be included in a side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is included in the main chain of a repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to an aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • resins having an aromatic carboxy group include the resins described in paragraphs 0082 to 0107 of WO 2021/166858.
  • the resin used is preferably at least one selected from graft polymers, star polymers, block copolymers, and resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group. Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
  • Examples of the graft polymer include resins having repeating units with graft chains.
  • Examples of the graft chain include graft chains containing at least one structure selected from polyester structures, polyether structures, polystyrene structures, and poly(meth)acrylic structures.
  • the terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylthioether group. Of these, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferred, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and linear or branched groups are preferred.
  • graft polymers include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, paragraphs 0022 to 0097 of JP 2009-203462 A, and paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A.
  • a graft polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group is a material that corresponds to the above-mentioned compound D.
  • Star polymers include resins with a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core.
  • Specific examples of star polymers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
  • the block copolymer is preferably a block copolymer of a block of a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block A) and a block of a polymer having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block B).
  • block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A and block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group includes a resin having a structure in which at least one end of the polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure is blocked with an acid group.
  • the acid group blocking the end of the polymer chain include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group.
  • a resin having a structure in which at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure is blocked with an acid group and is a graft polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 is a material that corresponds to the above-mentioned compound D.
  • the resin may be used as a dispersant.
  • dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the term "acidic dispersant (acidic resin)” refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercially available products. Specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd., A208F (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), and Sandet ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.). In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
  • the resin content in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the total content of the resin and the specific polymer compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 10 to 30% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may be a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 2500.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0083 of WO 2022/065215 and the compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201832008.
  • Preferred polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and compounds in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (e.g.,
  • polymerizable compounds examples include diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • diglycerol EO ethylene oxide
  • methacrylate commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • NK Ester A-TMMT pentaerythri
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 1 to 35 mass%.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 25 mass% or less, even more preferably 20 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 10 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, and more preferably 5 mass% or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet to visible regions is preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compound described in WO 2019/013112, the compound having a triarylamine or N-arylcarbazole skeleton described in paragraphs 0042 to 0062 of WO 2019/013112, the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 7219378, the photopolymerization initiator described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146174, the photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2019/013112, and the photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2023-033731.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Examples of oxime compounds include the compound described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP 2021-173858 A, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP 2021-170089 A, and the like.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • a compound represented by formula (OX-1) can also be used.
  • X 1a represents a divalent linking group containing at least one ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring and a heterocycle;
  • R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group;
  • R2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
  • Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group;
  • R 3a and R 4a may be bonded to form a ring;
  • Alk 1 and Alk 2 may be linked to form a ring;
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 1a in formula (OX-1) include a divalent aromatic ring group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a divalent group in which two or more aromatic rings are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, a divalent group in which two or more heterocycles are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, and a divalent group in which an aromatic ring and a heterocycle are bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
  • Examples of the linking group that bonds the above-mentioned aromatic rings, heterocyclic groups, or aromatic rings and heterocycles include -CH 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -NR x -, and groups combining these.
  • R x represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • X 1a in formula (OX-1) is preferably a group represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-13), more preferably a group represented by formula (X-1), formula (X-2), formula (X-4), formula (X-6) or formula (X-8), and further preferably a group represented by formula (X-2) or formula (X-6).
  • R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the alkynyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkynyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.
  • R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group, and is preferably an acyl group.
  • the acyl group represented by R 1a is preferably a group represented by —C(O)—R 101.
  • R 101 represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably an aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a methylphenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R 101 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.
  • R 2a in formula (OX-1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group because the reactivity of the generated radical is high.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably an unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted linear alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 2a is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3a and R 4a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R3a and R4a may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • Alk1 and Alk2 may be bonded to form a ring, and preferably form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring.
  • n 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
  • a compound represented by formula (OX-2) can also be used.
  • R 1b and R 2b each independently represent a substituent
  • R 3b to R 7b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 1b and R 2b include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • R 3b to R 7b include a halogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group, the alkyl group and the aryl group being as described above.
  • R 3b to R 7b are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and Ar 1b is preferably an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a nitro group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable.
  • the acyl group include the acyl groups described above.
  • a photopolymerization initiator As a photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-3) can also be used.
  • Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group
  • Ar 2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group
  • R 1c to R 3c each independently represent a substituent
  • L 1c represents a single bond or CR 11c R 12c
  • R 11c and R 12c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • X 1c represents -O- or -S-
  • k represents 0 or 1
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 1c and R 2c include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • R 2c is preferably an alkyl group having a branched or cyclic structure.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R3c include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the acyl group include the acyl groups described above.
  • Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • Ar2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • k represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
  • n represents an integer from 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
  • oxime compounds that are preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
  • Irgacure OXE01 manufactured by BASF
  • Irgacure OXE02 manufactured by BASF
  • Omnirad 2959 manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • crystallinity is reduced and solubility in solvents is improved, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and the storage stability of the coloring composition can be improved.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide
  • the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably low.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, organic solvents at the ppt (parts per trillion) by mass level may be used, and such organic solvents are provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures).
  • the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
  • the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances.
  • substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less.
  • environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of a composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a cyclic ether group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • the epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group.
  • the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound).
  • the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred.
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably 2 or more.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408, and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., a molecular weight of less than 2000, or even less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., a molecular weight of 1000 or more, or in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group-containing polymers).
  • the compounds described in the examples below can also be used as compounds having a cyclic ether group.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15 mass% or less, and even more preferably 10 mass% or less. Only one type of compound having a cyclic ether group may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph 0164 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.).
  • p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be of only one type or of two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent include silane compounds having a hydrolyzable group, and it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferable.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass.
  • the silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant, and more preferably a silicone-based surfactant.
  • Nonionic surfactants include the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485.
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, and SF 8419.
  • OIL all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.
  • TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials, Inc.
  • KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 all manufactured by BYK-Chemie
  • As the silicone surfactant a compound having the following structure can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds.
  • the phenolic compound any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used.
  • a preferred phenolic compound a hindered phenolic compound may be used.
  • a compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group is preferred.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule is also preferred.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used.
  • phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.
  • composition of the present invention may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.).
  • auxiliary agents e.g., conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.
  • properties such as film properties can be adjusted.
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • chain transfer agent a thiol compound described in JP 2020-109068 A can be used as the chain transfer agent.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
  • composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver.
  • light resistance improvers include the compounds described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
  • composition of the present invention is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
  • substantially free means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.
  • the composition of the present invention has a melamine content of 10,000 ppm by mass or less.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts may be restricted.
  • the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, within the maximum allowable range.
  • fluorine-containing compounds may be restricted from the perspective of environmental regulations.
  • the content of fluorine-containing compounds in the composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.
  • the composition may be substantially free of fluorine-containing compounds.
  • the moisture content of the composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.) and film thickness.
  • the viscosity value can be selected appropriately as needed, but for example, it is preferably 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s at 25°C, and more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
  • the container for storing the composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the container.
  • the composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are then mixed at the time of use (application) to prepare the composition.
  • the preparation of the composition includes a process for dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion.
  • a sand mill bead mill
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Information Technology Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focused on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A.
  • a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • the descriptions in, for example, JP 2015-194521 A and JP 2012-046629 A may be referred to.
  • materials for the beads used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass.
  • the beads may also be made of inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above beads.
  • the composition When preparing the composition, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects.
  • filters and filtration methods used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the film of the present invention is obtained from the composition of the present invention described above.
  • the film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, infrared transmission filters, and infrared cut filters.
  • the thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted appropriately depending on the purpose.
  • the thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention when used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow hue, and more preferably has a green or red hue.
  • the film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and green or red pixels are preferred.
  • the film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the composition of the present invention.
  • the film production method preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel).
  • Examples of the method for forming the pattern (pixel) include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferred.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a composition layer on a support using the composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the composition layer to light in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-bake step) may be provided.
  • the composition layer is formed on a support using the composition of the present invention.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the composition.
  • a dropping method drop casting
  • a slit coating method for example, a spray method; a roll coating method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wetting method (for example, a method described in JP 2009-145395 A); various printing methods such as ejection printing such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, and metal mask printing; a transfer method using a mold, etc.; a nanoimprint method, etc. can also be used.
  • the application method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 A can also be used.
  • the composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
  • the composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to harden.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line and i-line.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred.
  • Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%).
  • the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ).
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the oxygen concentration can be 10% by volume and the illuminance can be 10,000 W/m 2
  • the oxygen concentration can be 35% by volume and the illuminance can be 20,000 W/m 2 .
  • the unexposed parts of the composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the unexposed parts of the composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer.
  • the composition layer in the unexposed parts during the exposure process dissolves into the developer, leaving only the photocured parts.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In order to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred.
  • the developer and the washing (rinsing) method after development may be as described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 300°C, more preferably 200 to 270°C.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
  • additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes the steps of forming a composition layer on a support using the composition of the present invention, curing the entire composition layer to form a cured layer, forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer, exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and developing it to form a resist pattern, and dry etching the cured layer using an etching gas with the resist pattern as a mask.
  • forming the photoresist layer it is preferable to further perform a pre-bake treatment.
  • the process of forming the photoresist layer is preferably a form in which a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are performed.
  • the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
  • the optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the types of optical filters include color filters, infrared cut filters, and infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters.
  • the color filter preferably has the film of the present invention as its pixel, more preferably has the film of the present invention as its color pixel, and even more preferably has the film of the present invention as its red pixel.
  • the optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention.
  • a protective layer By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a resin composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 , and may contain two or more of these components.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
  • a protective layer by applying a resin composition When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
  • Known organic solvents e.g., propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method.
  • the protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic fine particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary.
  • organic or inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate.
  • Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer may be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • the substrate has a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like, a light-shielding film that opens only the light receiving portion of the photodiode on the photodiode and the transfer electrode, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a color filter on the device protection film.
  • a solid-state imaging element such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like
  • a light-shielding film that opens only the light receiving portion of the photodio
  • the device protection film may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or a light-collecting means on the color filter.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partitions have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance.
  • the imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices with imaging functions (such as mobile phones), as well as in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • Examples of the image display device include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.
  • the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices” (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and “Display Devices” (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989).
  • the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology” (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994).
  • There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied and the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
  • Formulation 2 A mixture of 15 parts by mass of pigment and derivative 1 in total calculated as solid content, 0.3 parts by mass of derivative 2 in solid content, 4.7 parts by mass of dispersant in solid content, and 80 parts by mass of solvent was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.1 mm diameter). Next, a dispersion treatment was performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism under conditions of a pressure of 2000 kg/ cm2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated a total of 10 times to obtain a dispersion.
  • the pigment, derivative, dispersant, and solvent used were the materials shown in the table below.
  • Pigment Red 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment)
  • P-8 C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment)
  • P-9 C.I. Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine compound, purple pigment)
  • P-10 Compound having the following structure
  • P-11 C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 (azomethine compound, yellow pigment)
  • Syn-A1 Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 750)
  • Syn-A2 Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 363)
  • Syn-A3 Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 650)
  • Syn-A4 Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 432)
  • Syn-A5 Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 2000)
  • Syn-B1 Compound having the following structure (compound having three amino groups, molecular weight of 146, amine value of 1145.7 mg KOH/g)
  • Syn-B2 Compound having the following structure (compound having four amino groups, molecular weight 178, amine value 1261.3 mgKOH/g)
  • Syn-B3 Compound having the following structure (compound having five amino groups
  • D-1 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 21085, acid value of 74.7 mgKOH/g)
  • D-2 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is in moles, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 25764, and acid value of 48.7 mgKOH/g)
  • D-3 Compound having the following structure (the numerical value added to the repeating unit is the number of repeating units.
  • Basic graft polymer (a resin synthesized by the method described in Synthesis Example 9 of Japanese Patent No. 5953380 (living radical polymerization of macromonomer/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate/methyl methacrylate, which is a reaction product of polyethylene glycol monopropylene glycol monomethyl ether monoamine (molecular weight 2000) and isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 155.15, manufactured by Showa Denko K.K., product name Karenz MOI)), a resin having a polyether structure and a basic group, weight average molecular weight 24200, number average molecular weight 17300, amine value 40.0 mgKOH/g)
  • Dispersions 1 to 70, C1 to C5 Dispersions 1 to 70, C1 to C5 described above
  • M-1 A mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of the compound on the left (a hexafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) and the compound on the right (a pentafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) in a molar ratio of 7:3)
  • M-2 Compound having the following structure
  • M-3 Compound having the following structure
  • (binder) B-1 30% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • ⁇ Vis was 0.2 mPa ⁇ s or less. 3: ⁇ Vis was greater than 0.2 mPa ⁇ s and less than 0.3 mPa ⁇ s. 2: ⁇ Vis was greater than 0.3 mPa ⁇ s and less than 0.5 mPa ⁇ s. 1: ⁇ Vis was greater than 0.5 mPa ⁇ s.
  • CT-4000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to a glass substrate by spin coating to a film thickness of 0.1 ⁇ m, and heated on a hot plate at 220° C. for 1 hour to form an undercoat layer.
  • Each composition was applied to the glass substrate with the undercoat layer by spin coating, and then heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes to obtain a composition layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • This composition layer was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm, and exposed to an exposure dose of 500 mJ/ cm2 . Then, post-baking was performed using a hot plate at 220°C for 300 seconds to form a film.
  • the luminance distribution was analyzed by the following method using the glass substrate (evaluation substrate) on which this film was formed, and luminance unevenness was evaluated based on the number of pixels with a deviation of ⁇ 10% or more from the average.
  • the measurement method of the luminance distribution will be described.
  • the evaluation substrate was placed between the observation lens of an optical microscope and a light source, and light was irradiated toward the observation lens, and the transmitted light state was observed using an optical microscope MX-50 (manufactured by Olympus Corporation) equipped with a digital camera. Photographs of the film surface were taken of five arbitrarily selected areas. The luminance of the photographed image was quantified as a density distribution of 256 gradations from 0 to 255 and saved.
  • the luminance distribution was analyzed from this image, and the luminance unevenness was evaluated by the number of pixels that deviated from the average by more than ⁇ 10%.
  • the evaluation criteria are as follows. 4: The number of pixels whose deviation from the average exceeds ⁇ 10% is 3,000 or less. 3: The number of pixels with a deviation from the average of more than ⁇ 10% is more than 3,000 and is 5,000 or less. 2: The number of pixels whose deviation from the average exceeds ⁇ 10% is more than 5,000 and is 15,000 or less. 1: The number of pixels whose deviation from the average exceeds ⁇ 10% exceeds 15,000.
  • a composition for forming an underlayer (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the thickness after post-baking was 0.1 ⁇ m, and the underlayer was formed by heating at 220° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate, and a silicon wafer with an underlayer (support) was obtained. Next, each composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.62 ⁇ m. Next, the wafer was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate.
  • the wafer was exposed to light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 1.0 ⁇ m square using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.).
  • the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin-shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at 23°C using a 60% diluted solution of CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.).
  • compositions of the examples were excellent in terms of storage stability, brightness unevenness, and development residue.
  • the films obtained from the compositions described in the examples can be suitably used in optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a composition comprising: a pigment A; a compound B which has an acid group and at least one structure selected from among dye structures, aromatic rings, and heteroaromatic rings and which has a molecular weight of 122 or higher but less than 2,000; a compound C which has two or more amino groups in the molecule and has a molecular weight of 60 or higher but less than 2,000; and a compound D which has at least one structure selected from among polyester structures and polyether structures and at least one group selected from among acid groups and basic groups and which has a weight-average molecular weight of 2,000-30,000. Also provided are a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device which are obtained using the composition.

Description

組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device

 本発明は、顔料を含む組成物に関する。また、本発明は、顔料を含む組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a composition containing a pigment. The present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device that use a composition containing a pigment.

 カラーフィルタは、顔料などの色材を含む組成物を用いて製造されている。 Color filters are manufactured using compositions that contain coloring materials such as pigments.

 特許文献1には、ジケトピロロピロール顔料と、塩基性顔料誘導体と、樹脂型分散剤と、含むカラーフィルタ用着色組成物に関する発明が記載されている。 Patent Document 1 describes an invention relating to a coloring composition for color filters that contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a basic pigment derivative, and a resin-type dispersant.

特開2020-172563号公報JP 2020-172563 A

 近年、固体撮像素子においては、小型化や薄膜化の要求が強い。このため、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタなどの色材を含む膜についても、近年では、より薄膜化されることが望まれている。所望の分光性能を維持しつつ薄膜化を達成するためには、膜形成に用いる樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めることが必要である。 In recent years, there has been a strong demand for smaller and thinner solid-state imaging devices. For this reason, there has also been a demand in recent years for films containing color materials, such as color filters, used in solid-state imaging devices to be thinner. In order to achieve thinner films while maintaining the desired spectral performance, it is necessary to increase the concentration of color materials in the resin composition used to form the film.

 しかしながら、色材として顔料を含むものを用いた場合、組成物の色材濃度を高めると、樹脂などの顔料に対して吸着可能な素材の割合が相対的に減少するため、組成物の保管中に顔料が凝集し易くなり、組成物の粘度が経時的に増加しやすい傾向にあった。 However, when a colorant containing a pigment is used, increasing the concentration of the colorant in the composition reduces the proportion of materials such as resins that can be adsorbed relative to the pigment, which makes the pigment more likely to aggregate during storage and tends to increase the viscosity of the composition over time.

 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性に優れた組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a composition having excellent storage stability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.

 本発明者の検討によれば、後述する組成物により上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。 The inventors have found through their research that the above object can be achieved by the composition described below, and have completed the present invention. Therefore, the present invention provides the following.

 <1> 顔料Aと、
 色素構造、芳香族環および複素芳香族環から選択される少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基とを有し、分子量が122以上2000未満である化合物Bと、
 1分子中にアミノ基を2個以上含み、分子量が60以上2000未満である化合物Cと、
 ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基および塩基性から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、を有する重量平均分子量2000~30000の化合物Dと、
 を含む組成物。
 <2> 上記化合物Cは、ポチエチレンイミンである、<1>に記載の組成物。
 <3> 上記化合物Cは、複素芳香族環を有する化合物である、<1>に記載の組成物。
 <4> 上記化合物Cのアミン価が800mgKOH/g以上である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <5> 上記化合物Bの100質量部に対して、上記化合物Cを10~150質量部含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <6> 上記顔料Aの100質量部に対し、上記化合物Bを5~15質量部、上記化合物Cを2~8質量部、および、上記化合物Dを30~50質量部含む、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <7> 更に、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <8> 上記組成物の全固形分中における上記顔料Aの含有量が50質量%以上である、<7>に記載の組成物。
 <9> 上記顔料Aは、ジケトピロロピロール顔料およびフタロシアニン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <10> <1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物を用いてられる膜。
 <11> <10>に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。
 <12> <10>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
 <13> <10>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
<1> Pigment A,
a compound B having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000;
A compound C containing two or more amino groups in one molecule and having a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000;
a compound D having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group;
A composition comprising:
<2> The composition according to <1>, wherein the compound C is polyethyleneimine.
<3> The composition according to <1>, wherein the compound C is a compound having a heteroaromatic ring.
<4> The composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the compound C has an amine value of 800 mgKOH/g or more.
<5> The composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, comprising 10 to 150 parts by mass of the compound C relative to 100 parts by mass of the compound B.
<6> The composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, comprising, relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment A, 5 to 15 parts by mass of the compound B, 2 to 8 parts by mass of the compound C, and 30 to 50 parts by mass of the compound D.
<7> The composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
<8> The composition according to <7>, in which the content of the pigment A in the total solid content of the composition is 50 mass% or more.
<9> The composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the pigment A includes at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a phthalocyanine pigment.
<10> A film obtained by using the composition according to any one of <1> to <9>.
<11> An optical filter having the film according to <10>.
<12> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to <10>.
<13> An image display device having the film according to <10>.

 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れた組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することができる。 The present invention can provide a composition with excellent storage stability. The present invention can also provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.

 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい色材を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
In this specification, the use of "to" means that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
In the description of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, when there is no indication of whether they are substituted or unsubstituted, the term encompasses both unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) and substituted groups (atomic groups). For example, the term "alkyl group" encompasses not only alkyl groups that have no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, in the structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated as polystyrene standards measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In this specification, the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, a pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the intended effect of the process is achieved.

<組成物>
 本発明の組成物は、
 顔料Aと、
 色素構造、芳香族環および複素芳香族環から選択される少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基とを有し、分子量が122以上2000未満である化合物Bと、
 1分子中にアミノ基を2個以上含み、分子量が60以上2000未満である化合物Cと、
 ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基および塩基性から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、を有する重量平均分子量2000~30000の化合物Dと、
 を含むことを特徴とする。
<Composition>
The composition of the present invention comprises
Pigment A;
a compound B having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000;
A compound C containing two or more amino groups in one molecule and having a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000;
a compound D having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group;
The present invention is characterized by comprising:

 本発明の組成物は、組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好であり、粘度の経時的な増加を抑制することができ、保存安定性に優れている。このような効果が得られる理由は以下によるものであると推測される。顔料Aと、化合物Bおよび化合物Cのいずれか一方がアンカー効果などにより顔料の表面に吸着し、化合物Bと化合物Cとは酸塩基相互作用により吸着する。また、化合物Dが酸基を有する化合物の場合は、化合物Dは化合物Cと酸塩基相互作用により吸着し、化合物Dが塩基性基を有する化合物の場合は、化合物Dは化合物Bと酸塩基相互作用により吸着すると推測される。このため、組成物中において、顔料Aと化合物Bと化合物Cと化合物Dとは強固なネットワーク構造が形成されると推測される。そして、化合物Dは、重量平均分子量の比較大きい化合物であるため、化合物Dによって、顔料同士の凝集を抑制することができると推測される。このため、組成物中における顔料の分散性を高めることができ、粘度の経時的な増加を抑制して保存安定性を向上させることができたと推測される。 The composition of the present invention has good pigment dispersibility in the composition, can suppress the increase in viscosity over time, and has excellent storage stability. It is presumed that the reason for such effects is as follows. Pigment A and either compound B or compound C are adsorbed to the surface of the pigment due to the anchor effect, and compound B and compound C are adsorbed due to acid-base interaction. In addition, when compound D is a compound having an acid group, it is presumed that compound D is adsorbed to compound C due to acid-base interaction, and when compound D is a compound having a basic group, it is presumed that compound D is adsorbed to compound B due to acid-base interaction. Therefore, it is presumed that a strong network structure is formed between pigment A, compound B, compound C, and compound D in the composition. And, since compound D is a compound with a relatively large weight average molecular weight, it is presumed that compound D can suppress the aggregation of pigments. Therefore, it is presumed that the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be increased, and the increase in viscosity over time can be suppressed, thereby improving storage stability.

 本発明の組成物は、光学フィルタ用の組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ、赤外線透過フィルタ、赤外線カットフィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。また、本発明の組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタの着色画素形成用の組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 The composition of the present invention is preferably used as a composition for optical filters. Examples of optical filters include color filters, infrared transmission filters, and infrared cut filters, and color filters are preferred. The composition of the present invention is also preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, the composition is preferably used as a composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is even more preferably used as a composition for forming colored pixels of color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.

 カラーフィルタとしては、特定の波長の光を透過させる着色画素を有するフィルタが挙げられる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、緑色画素または赤色画素であることが好ましい。 An example of a color filter is a filter having colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, with green pixels or red pixels being preferred.

 赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長は、波長700~1800nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長700~1300nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長700~1000nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。また、赤外線カットフィルタの波長400~650nmの全範囲での透過率は70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、波長700~1800nmの範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率は20%以下であることが好ましい。また、赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxと、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550との比(吸光度Amax/吸光度A550)は、20~500であることが好ましく、50~500であることがより好ましく、70~450であることが更に好ましく、100~400であることが特に好ましい。赤外線カットフィルタは、赤外線吸収顔料を含む組成物を用いて形成することができる。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared cut filter is preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. The transmittance of the infrared cut filter in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. The transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less. The ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm (absorbance Amax/absorbance A550) is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500, even more preferably 70 to 450, and particularly preferably 100 to 400. The infrared cut filter can be formed using a composition containing an infrared absorbing pigment.

 赤外線透過フィルタは、赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタである。赤外線透過フィルタは、可視光の少なくとも一部を遮光し、赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタであることが好ましい。赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
The infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a part of infrared light. The infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a part of visible light and transmits at least a part of infrared light. Preferred examples of the infrared transmission filter include filters that satisfy the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. The infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm.
(2): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm.
(3): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm.
(4): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm.
(5): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm.

 本発明の組成物は、遮光膜などにも用いることができる。 The composition of the present invention can also be used as a light-shielding film.

 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、5~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solids concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.

 以下、本発明の組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 The components used in the composition of the present invention are explained below.

<<顔料A>>
 本発明の組成物は、顔料A(以下、顔料と記す)を含有する。顔料としては白色顔料、黒色顔料、有彩色顔料、赤外線吸収顔料が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、白色顔料には純白色のみならず、白に近い明るい灰色(例えば灰白色、薄灰色など)の顔料も含まれる。
<<Pigment A>>
The composition of the present invention contains pigment A (hereinafter, referred to as pigment). Examples of the pigment include white pigments, black pigments, chromatic pigments, and infrared absorbing pigments. In the present invention, the white pigment includes not only pure white pigments, but also light gray pigments close to white (e.g., grayish white, light gray, etc.).

 顔料は、酸基および塩基性基のいずれも有さない化合物であるか、酸基と塩基性基をそれぞれ同じ個数有する化合物であることが好ましい。 The pigment is preferably a compound that has neither acid groups nor basic groups, or a compound that has the same number of acid groups and basic groups.

 顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、カラーバリエーションの多さ、分散の容易性、安全性等の観点から有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、顔料は、有彩色顔料及び赤外線吸収顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、有彩色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。 The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment from the standpoint of the wide range of color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, etc. Furthermore, the pigment preferably contains at least one type selected from a chromatic pigment and an infrared absorbing pigment, and more preferably contains a chromatic pigment.

 顔料は、フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、ピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料およびキノフタロン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料、ピロロピロール顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることがより好ましく、より本発明の効果が顕著に奏されるという理由からジケトピロロピロール顔料およびフタロシアニン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが更に好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料を含むものであることが特に好ましい。 The pigment preferably contains at least one selected from phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, azomethine pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, and quinophthalone pigments, more preferably contains at least one selected from phthalocyanine pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments, and further preferably contains at least one selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and phthalocyanine pigments, because the effects of the present invention are more pronounced, and particularly preferably contains a phthalocyanine pigment.

 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. In this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In addition, the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Furthermore, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.

 顔料の結晶子サイズは、0.1~50nmであることが好ましく、0.5~30nmであることがより好ましく、1~15nmであることが更に好ましい。結晶子サイズはX線回折装置を用いて回折角のピークの半値幅より求めることができ、シェラーの式を用いて算出される。有機顔料の結晶子サイズは、製造条件の調整、製造後に粉砕するなどの公知の方法で調整することができる。 The crystallite size of the pigment is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, and even more preferably 1 to 15 nm. The crystallite size can be determined from the half-width of the diffraction angle peak using an X-ray diffraction device, and is calculated using Scherrer's formula. The crystallite size of the organic pigment can be adjusted by known methods such as adjusting the manufacturing conditions or pulverizing after manufacturing.

 顔料の比表面積は1~300m/gであることが好ましい。下限は10m/g以上であることが好ましく、30m/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、250m/g以下であることが好ましく、200m/g以下であることがより好ましい。比表面積の値は、BET(Brunauer、EmmettおよびTeller)法に準じてDIN 66131:determination of the specific surface area  of solids by gas adsorption(ガス吸着による固体の比表面積の測定)に従って測定することができる。 The specific surface area of the pigment is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g. The lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less. The value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.

(有彩色顔料)
 有彩色顔料としては、黄色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、赤色顔料、緑色顔料、紫色顔料、青色顔料などが挙げられる。有彩色顔料は、緑色顔料および赤色顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましく、緑色顔料を含むものであることがより好ましい。有彩色顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に示すものが挙げられる。
(chromatic pigments)
Examples of chromatic pigments include yellow pigments, orange pigments, red pigments, green pigments, purple pigments, and blue pigments. The chromatic pigments preferably contain at least one selected from green pigments and red pigments, and more preferably contain a green pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include the following:

 赤色顔料としては、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、アントラキノン顔料、アゾ顔料、ナフトール顔料、アゾメチン顔料、キサンテン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、ペリレン顔料、チオインジゴ顔料などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、アントラキノン顔料、アゾ顔料であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール顔料であることがより好ましい。 Red pigments include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, azo pigments, naphthol pigments, azomethine pigments, xanthene pigments, quinacridone pigments, perylene pigments, and thioindigo pigments, with diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, and azo pigments being preferred, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments being more preferred.

 赤色顔料の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等が挙げられる。赤色顔料として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0034に記載の化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物を用いることもできる。 Specific examples of red pigments include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 1 49,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297, etc. As a red pigment, the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 and the brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP 2020-085947 A can also be used.

 赤色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,224,254,255,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましい。 As red pigments, C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, 254, 255, 264, 269, and 272 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred.

 緑色顔料としては、フタロシアニン顔料、スクアリリウム顔料などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。 Green pigments include phthalocyanine pigments and squarylium pigments, with phthalocyanine pigments being preferred.

 緑色顔料の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等が挙げられる。また、緑色顔料として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色顔料として国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0029に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Specific examples of green pigments include C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can also be used as a green pigment. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. In addition, the compounds described in paragraph 0029 of WO 2022/085485, the aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2020-070426, and the diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758 can also be used as green pigments.

 緑色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36,58がより好ましい。 As green pigments, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, and 63 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred.

 オレンジ色顔料としては、ジケトピロロピロール顔料およびアゾ顔料などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール顔料であることが好ましい。オレンジ色顔料の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等が挙げられる。 Orange pigments include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and azo pigments, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments are preferred. Specific examples of orange pigments include C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.

 黄色顔料としては、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびペリレン顔料が挙げられる。黄色顔料は、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。黄色顔料の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow pigments include azo pigments, azomethine pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and perylene pigments. The yellow pigment is preferably at least one selected from isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments. Specific examples of yellow pigments include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, etc.

 黄色顔料としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
As the yellow pigment, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.

 黄色顔料として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0031~0033に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 The compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as yellow pigments.

 紫色顔料としては、オキサジン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、ペリレン顔料、インジゴ顔料などが挙げられ、オキサジン顔料であることが好ましい。紫色顔料の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等が挙げられる。 Examples of purple pigments include oxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, perylene pigments, and indigo pigments, with oxazine pigments being preferred. Specific examples of purple pigments include C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.

 青色顔料としては、フタロシアニン顔料、スクアリリウム顔料などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。青色顔料の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等が挙げられる。青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of blue pigments include phthalocyanine pigments and squarylium pigments, with phthalocyanine pigments being preferred. Specific examples of blue pigments include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88. Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue pigments. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.

 有彩色顔料は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色顔料は、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色顔料の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。そのような組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(7)の態様が挙げられる。組成物中に有彩色顔料を2種以上含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色顔料の組み合わせで黒色を呈している場合においては、本発明の組成物は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
(1)赤色顔料と青色顔料とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色顔料と青色顔料と黄色顔料とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色顔料と青色顔料と黄色顔料と紫色顔料とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色顔料と青色顔料と黄色顔料と紫色顔料と緑色顔料とを含有する態様。
(5)赤色顔料と青色顔料と黄色顔料と緑色顔料とを含有する態様。
(6)赤色顔料と青色顔料と緑色顔料とを含有する態様。
(7)黄色顔料と紫色顔料とを含有する態様。
Two or more chromatic pigments may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic pigments are used in combination, the two or more chromatic pigments may form a black color. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7). When the composition contains two or more chromatic pigments and exhibits a black color through a combination of two or more chromatic pigments, the composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
(1) An embodiment containing a red pigment and a blue pigment.
(2) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a yellow pigment.
(3) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a purple pigment.
(4) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, a purple pigment, and a green pigment.
(5) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a green pigment.
(6) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a green pigment.
(7) An embodiment containing a yellow pigment and a purple pigment.

(白色顔料)
 白色顔料としては、酸化チタン、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、シリカ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、硫化亜鉛などの無機顔料が挙げられる。白色顔料は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0040~0043に記載の白色顔料を使用することができる。
(White pigment)
Examples of the white pigment include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, and zinc sulfide. The white pigment may be any of the white pigments described in paragraphs 0040 to 0043 of WO 2022/085485.

(黒色顔料)
 黒色顔料としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。黒色顔料は、無機黒色顔料であってもよく、有機黒色顔料であってもよい。なお、本明細書において、黒色顔料は、波長400~700nmの全ての範囲にわたって吸収を示す顔料を意味する。
(Black pigment)
The black pigment is not particularly limited, and any known black pigment can be used. The black pigment may be an inorganic black pigment or an organic black pigment. In this specification, the black pigment means a pigment that exhibits absorption over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.

 無機黒色顔料としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0044に記載のチタンブラック、特開2023-048173号公報に記載の窒化ジルコニウム粉末を用いることができる。 Examples of inorganic black pigments include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, etc., with carbon black and titanium black being preferred, and titanium black being more preferred. Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferred. As titanium black, titanium black described in paragraph 0044 of WO 2022/085485 and zirconium nitride powder described in JP 2023-048173 A can be used.

 有機黒色顔料としては、ビスベンゾフラノン顔料、アゾメチン顔料、ペリレン顔料、アゾ顔料などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン顔料、ペリレン顔料が好ましい。有機黒色顔料は、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0166に記載の化合物を用いることができる。また、有機黒色顔料としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落0016~0020に記載のペリレンブラック(Lumogen Black FK4280等)、特開2022-121935号公報に記載の黒色アゾ顔料を使用しても良い。 Examples of organic black pigments include bisbenzofuranone pigments, azomethine pigments, perylene pigments, and azo pigments, with bisbenzofuranone pigments and perylene pigments being preferred. The organic black pigment may be a compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2022/065215. In addition, the organic black pigment may be perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, or a black azo pigment described in JP-A-2022-121935.

(赤外線吸収顔料)
 赤外線吸収顔料は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収顔料は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましく、波長700nmを超え1400nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、波長700nmを超え1200nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが更に好ましく、波長700nmを超え1000nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。また、赤外線吸収顔料の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aが0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。また、赤外線吸収顔料は、顔料であることが好ましく、有機顔料であることがより好ましい。
(Infrared absorbing pigment)
The infrared absorbing pigment is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength longer than 700 nm. The infrared absorbing pigment is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1800 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1400 nm, even more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1200 nm, and particularly preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1000 nm. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 of the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing pigment to the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less. In addition, the infrared absorbing pigment is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment.

 赤外線吸収顔料としては、ピロロピロール顔料、シアニン顔料、スクアリリウム顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、ナフタロシアニン顔料、クアテリレン顔料、メロシアニン顔料、クロコニウム顔料、オキソノール顔料、イミニウム顔料、ジチオール顔料、トリアリールメタン顔料、ピロメテン顔料、アゾメチン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ジベンゾフラノン顔料、ジチオレン金属錯体顔料、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0114に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、赤外線吸収顔料としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0121に記載の化合物、特開2020-075959号公報に記載されたスクアリリウム化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0135217号公報に記載の銅錯体、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の近赤外線吸収性色素、国際公開第2019/021767号に記載のクロコニウム化合物、特開2019-127549号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/059619号に記載の化合物、特開2022-151682号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-188858号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2022-184710号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-189736号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-004570号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2019/230660号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2020/218615号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Infrared absorbing pigments include pyrrolopyrrole pigments, cyanine pigments, squarylium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthalocyanine pigments, quaterrylene pigments, merocyanine pigments, croconium pigments, oxonol pigments, iminium pigments, dithiol pigments, triarylmethane pigments, pyrromethene pigments, azomethine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, dibenzofuranone pigments, dithiolene metal complex pigments, metal oxides, metal borides, etc. Specific examples of these include the compounds described in paragraph 0114 of WO 2022/065215. Examples of infrared absorbing pigments include the compounds described in paragraph 0121 of WO 2022/065215, squarylium compounds described in JP 2020-075959 A, copper complexes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0135217, croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, near infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A, and compounds described in JP 2019-127549 A. It is also possible to use the compounds described in WO 2022/059619, the compounds described in JP 2022-151682 A, the squarylium compounds described in JP 2022-188858 A, the compounds described in JP 2022-184710 A, the compounds described in JP 2022-189736 A, the squarylium compounds described in JP 2023-004570 A, the squarylium compounds described in WO 2019/230660 A, and the compounds described in WO 2020/218615 A.

 組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は50質量%以上であることが好ましく、55質量%以上であることがより好ましく、60質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、77.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、75質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The pigment content of the total solid content of the composition is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 55% by mass or more, and even more preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less.

<<化合物B(特定酸性化合物)>>
 本発明の組成物は、色素構造、芳香族環および複素芳香族環から選択される少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基とを有し、分子量が122以上2000未満である化合物B(以下、特定酸性化合物ともいう)を含む。
<<Compound B (specific acidic compound)>>
The composition of the present invention contains compound B (hereinafter also referred to as specific acidic compound) having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000.

 特定酸性化合物の分子量の下限は、200以上であることが好ましく、300以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、1000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましい。なお、特定酸性化合物の分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、特定酸性化合物の分子量は構造式から計算した値である。 The lower limit of the molecular weight of the specific acidic compound is preferably 200 or more, and more preferably 300 or more. The upper limit is preferably 1000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. In addition, when the molecular weight value of the specific acidic compound can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the specific acidic compound is the value calculated from the structural formula.

 特定酸性化合物が有する上記色素構造としては、キノリン色素構造、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素構造、ベンゾイソインドール色素構造、ベンゾチアゾール色素構造、イミニウム色素構造、スクアリリウム色素構造、クロコニウム色素構造、オキソノール色素構造、ピロロピロール色素構造、ジケトピロロピロール色素構造、アゾ色素構造、アゾメチン色素構造、フタロシアニン色素構造、ナフタロシアニン色素構造、アントラキノン色素構造、キナクリドン色素構造、ジオキサジン色素構造、ペリノン色素構造、ペリレン色素構造、チアジンインジゴ色素構造、チオインジゴ色素構造、イソインドリン色素構造、イソインドリノン色素構造、キノフタロン色素構造、ジチオール色素構造、トリアリールメタン色素構造、ピロメテン色素構造等が挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール色素構造、フタロシアニン色素構造、キノフタロン色素構造、イソインドリン色素構造またはアゾメチン色素構造であることが好ましく、キノフタロン色素構造であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the dye structure possessed by the specific acidic compound include a quinoline dye structure, a benzimidazolone dye structure, a benzoisoindole dye structure, a benzothiazole dye structure, an iminium dye structure, a squarylium dye structure, a croconium dye structure, an oxonol dye structure, a pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, an azo dye structure, an azomethine dye structure, a phthalocyanine dye structure, a naphthalocyanine dye structure, an anthraquinone dye structure, a quinacridone dye structure, a dioxazine dye structure, a perinone dye structure, a perylene dye structure, a thiazineindigo dye structure, a thioindigo dye structure, an isoindoline dye structure, an isoindolinone dye structure, a quinophthalone dye structure, a dithiol dye structure, a triarylmethane dye structure, a pyrromethene dye structure, and the like. A diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a phthalocyanine dye structure, a quinophthalone dye structure, an isoindoline dye structure, or an azomethine dye structure is preferable, and a quinophthalone dye structure is more preferable.

 特定酸性化合物が有する上記芳香族環としては、ベンゼン環およびナフタレン環が挙げられる。これらの環にはさらに置換基を有していてもよい。特定酸性化合物が有する上記複素芳香族環は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。複素芳香族環の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、窒素原子を含むことがより好ましい。複素芳香族環の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~4であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましい。複素芳香族環の具体例としては、トリアジン環、ナフタレン環などが挙げられ、トリアジン環であることが好ましい。 The aromatic rings contained in the specific acidic compound include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. These rings may further have a substituent. The heteroaromatic rings contained in the specific acidic compound may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The heteroatoms constituting the heteroaromatic ring preferably include at least one selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably include a nitrogen atom. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3. Specific examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a triazine ring and a naphthalene ring, and a triazine ring is preferable.

 特定酸性化合物が有する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX1、-CONHSOX2、-CONHCORX3または-SONHCORX4が好ましく、-SONHSOX1、-CONHSOX2、または-SONHCORX4がより好ましく、-SONHSOX1または-CONHSOX2が更に好ましい。RX1~RX4は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RX1~RX4が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。RX1~RX4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子を含むアルキル基またはフッ素原子を含むアリール基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子を含むアルキル基であることがより好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアリール基の炭素数は6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6が更に好ましい。 Examples of the acid group possessed by the specific acidic compound include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. The imide acid group is preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , -CONHCOR X3 , or -SO 2 NHCOR X4 , more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , or -SO 2 NHCOR X4 , and even more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 or -CONHSO 2 R X2 . R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X4 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom. R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, and even more preferably 6.

 特定酸性化合物は、色素構造およびトリアジン環から選択される少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基とを有する化合物であることが好ましい。 The specific acidic compound is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from a dye structure and a triazine ring, and an acid group.

 特定酸性化合物は、塩基性基を有していてもよいが、1分子中における塩基性基の個数は、酸基の個数よりも少ないことが好ましい。特定酸性化合物は、塩基性基を有さないことが特に好ましい。 The specific acidic compound may have a basic group, but it is preferable that the number of basic groups in one molecule is less than the number of acid groups. It is particularly preferable that the specific acidic compound does not have a basic group.

 特定酸性化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物Syn-A1~Syn-A5、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0124に記載の化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物、特開2019-172968号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第115124889号明細書に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of specific acidic compounds include compounds Syn-A1 to Syn-A5 described in the Examples below, compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282, compounds described in JP 2019-172968 A, and compounds described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 115124889.

 本発明の組成物は、顔料100質量部に対して特定酸性化合物を1~30質量部含むことが好ましく、3~20質量部含むことがより好ましく、3~11質量部含むことが更に好ましい。
 組成物の全固形分中における特定酸性化合物の含有量は、1~20質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、8質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
 本発明の組成物は、特定酸性化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。特定酸性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The composition of the present invention preferably contains 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 11 parts by mass of the specific acidic compound per 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
The content of the specific acidic compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 8% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 3% by mass or more.
The composition of the present invention may contain only one specific acidic compound or may contain two or more specific acidic compounds. When two or more specific acidic compounds are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<<化合物C(特定アミン化合物)>>
 本発明の組成物は、1分子中にアミノ基を2個以上含み、分子量が60以上2000未満である化合物C(以下、特定アミン化合物ともいう)を含む。
<<Compound C (specific amine compound)>>
The composition of the present invention contains a compound C (hereinafter also referred to as a specific amine compound) that contains two or more amino groups in one molecule and has a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000.

 特定アミン化合物の分子量の下限は、100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、1200以下であることが好ましく、600以下であることがより好ましい。なお、特定アミン化合物の分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、特定アミン化合物の分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The lower limit of the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more. The upper limit is preferably 1200 or less, more preferably 600 or less. Regarding the value of the molecular weight of the specific amine compound, if the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, if the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. If the molecular weight cannot be measured by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. If the molecular weight cannot be measured by the viscosity method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight in polystyrene equivalent measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.

 特定アミン化合物のアミン価は、800mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、850mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、900mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、1500mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、1400mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、1300mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the specific amine compound is preferably 800 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 850 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 900 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 1500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 1400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 1300 mgKOH/g or less.

 特定アミン化合物に含まれるアミノ基の数は2個以上であり、3個以上であることが好ましい。上限は、30個以下とすることができる。 The number of amino groups contained in the specific amine compound is 2 or more, and preferably 3 or more. The upper limit can be 30 or less.

 特定アミン化合物が有するアミノ基は、1級アミノ基、2級アミノ基および3級アミノ基のいずれでもよいが、1級アミノ基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基または3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む化合物であることがより好ましく、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。 The amino group possessed by the specific amine compound may be any of a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group, but is preferably a compound having a primary amino group, more preferably a compound containing a primary amino group and a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group, and even more preferably a compound containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.

 特定アミン化合物が有するアミノ基は、環状アミノ基であってもよい。環状アミノ基は、ピペリジノ基等のような脂肪族環状アミノ基であってもよく、ピリジル基等のような芳香族環状アミノ基であってもよい。環状アミノ基は、5員環又は6員環構造を有する環状アミノ基であることが好ましく、6員環構造を有する環状アミノ基であることがより好ましく、6員環構造を有する脂肪族環状アミノ基であることが更に好ましい。環状アミノ基は、ヒンダードアミン構造を有することが好ましく、6員環のヒンダードアミン構造を有することが特に好ましい。ヒンダードアミン構造としては、環状アミノ基の窒素原子に隣接する環構造における2つの炭素原子にアルキル基等の置換基を有することが好ましい。ヒンダードアミン構造を有する環状アミノ基としては、例えば、1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチルピペリジル基、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジル基、1,2,6,6-トリメチルピペリジル基、2,6-ジメチルピペリジル基、1-メチル-2,6-ジ(t-ブチル)ピペリジル基、2,6-ジ(t-ブチル)ピペリジル基、1,2,2,5,5-ペンタメチルピロリジル基、2,2,5,5-テトラメチルピロリジル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチルピペリジル基、又は、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジル基が好ましく、1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチルピペリジル基がより好ましい。 The amino group of the specific amine compound may be a cyclic amino group. The cyclic amino group may be an aliphatic cyclic amino group such as a piperidino group, or an aromatic cyclic amino group such as a pyridyl group. The cyclic amino group is preferably a cyclic amino group having a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure, more preferably a cyclic amino group having a 6-membered ring structure, and even more preferably an aliphatic cyclic amino group having a 6-membered ring structure. The cyclic amino group preferably has a hindered amine structure, and particularly preferably has a 6-membered hindered amine structure. The hindered amine structure preferably has substituents such as alkyl groups on two carbon atoms in the ring structure adjacent to the nitrogen atom of the cyclic amino group. Examples of cyclic amino groups having a hindered amine structure include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group, 1,2,6,6-trimethylpiperidyl group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidyl group, 1-methyl-2,6-di(t-butyl)piperidyl group, 2,6-di(t-butyl)piperidyl group, 1,2,2,5,5-pentamethylpyrrolidyl group, 2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidyl group, etc. Among these, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group or 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group is preferred, and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group is more preferred.

 特定アミン化合物は、酸基を有していてもよいが、1分子中における酸基の個数は、アミノ基の個数よりも少ないことが好ましい。特定アミン化合物は、酸基を有さないことが特に好ましい。 The specific amine compound may have an acid group, but it is preferable that the number of acid groups in one molecule is less than the number of amino groups. It is particularly preferable that the specific amine compound does not have an acid group.

 特定アミン化合物は、組成物の保存安定性をより向上できるという理由から、ポリアルキレンイミンであることが好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーのことである。アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミンまたはプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基と、3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。 The specific amine compound is preferably a polyalkyleneimine because it can further improve the storage stability of the composition. A polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine. Specific examples of alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine. Ethyleneimine or propyleneimine is preferable, and ethyleneimine is more preferable. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.

 ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. The polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total amount of primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups. Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, and SP-018 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).

 特定アミン化合物は、複素芳香族環を有する化合物であることも好ましい。この態様によれば、顔料表面への吸着により優れた効果が得られる。特定アミン化合物が有する上記複素芳香族環は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。複素芳香族環の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、窒素原子を含むことがより好ましい。複素芳香族環の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~4であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましい。複素芳香族環の具体例としては、ピリジン環などの含窒素芳香族環が挙げられる。 The specific amine compound is also preferably a compound having a heteroaromatic ring. According to this embodiment, an excellent effect can be obtained by adsorption to the pigment surface. The heteroaromatic ring of the specific amine compound may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. The heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaromatic ring preferably contain at least one type selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably contain a nitrogen atom. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3. A specific example of a heteroaromatic ring is a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring such as a pyridine ring.

 本発明の組成物は、顔料100質量部に対して特定アミン化合物を1~10質量部含むことが好ましく、2~5質量部含むことがより好ましく、3~4質量部含むことが更に好ましい。 The composition of the present invention preferably contains 1 to 10 parts by mass of the specific amine compound per 100 parts by mass of the pigment, more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 4 parts by mass.

 本発明の組成物は、上述した特定酸性化合物100質量部に対して特定アミン化合物を5~200質量部含むことが好ましく、10~150質量部含むことがより好ましく、20~50質量部含むことが更に好ましい。 The composition of the present invention preferably contains 5 to 200 parts by mass of the specific amine compound per 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific acidic compound, more preferably 10 to 150 parts by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.

 組成物の全固形分中における特定アミン化合物の含有量は、1~5質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、5質量%以下であることが好ましく、3質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、1.5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The content of the specific amine compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 1 to 5 mass%. The upper limit is preferably 5 mass% or less, and more preferably 3 mass% or less. The lower limit is preferably 1 mass% or more, and more preferably 1.5 mass% or more.

 本発明の組成物は、特定アミン化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。特定酸性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one specific amine compound, or may contain two or more specific amine compounds. When two or more specific acidic compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of the specific acidic compounds is within the above range.

<<化合物D(特定高分子化合物)>>
 本発明の組成物は、ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基および塩基性から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、を有する重量平均分子量2000~30000の化合物D(以下、特定高分子化合物ともいう)を含む。
<<Compound D (specific polymer compound)>>
The composition of the present invention contains a compound D (hereinafter also referred to as a specific polymer compound) having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group.

 特定高分子化合物の重量平均分子量は、2000~10000であることが好ましく、2000~7000であることがより好ましく、2000~4000であることが更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the specific polymer compound is preferably 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably 2,000 to 7,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 4,000.

 特定高分子化合物が有する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられ、カルボキシ基であることが好ましい。特定高分子化合物が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基などが挙げられる。 The acid group contained in the specific polymer compound includes a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group, etc., and a carboxy group is preferable. The basic group contained in the specific polymer compound includes an amino group, etc.

 保存安定性をより向上でき、更には現像残渣の発生も効果的に抑制できるという理由から、特定高分子化合物は酸基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。 The specific polymer compound is preferably a compound having an acid group, since this can further improve storage stability and also effectively suppress the occurrence of development residues.

 特定高分子化合物が酸基を有する化合物である場合、特定高分子化合物の酸価は5~150mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。上限は、150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、5mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。 When the specific polymer compound is a compound having an acid group, the acid value of the specific polymer compound is preferably 5 to 150 mgKOH/g. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more.

 特定高分子化合物が塩基性基を有する化合物である場合、特定高分子化合物の塩基性基価は10~80mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。上限は、80mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、60mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。 When the specific polymer compound is a compound having a basic group, the basic group value of the specific polymer compound is preferably 10 to 80 mgKOH/g. The upper limit is preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more.

 特定高分子化合物は、酸基と塩基性基とをそれぞれ有していてもよい。この場合、特定高分子化合物の酸価は5~150mgKOH/gで、塩基性基価は10~80mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、酸価は20~100mgKOH/gで、塩基性基価は20~70mgKOH/gであることがより好ましく、酸価は40~80mgKOH/gで、塩基性基価は30~60mgKOH/gであることが更に好ましい。 The specific polymer compound may have both an acid group and a basic group. In this case, the specific polymer compound preferably has an acid value of 5 to 150 mgKOH/g and a basic group value of 10 to 80 mgKOH/g, more preferably has an acid value of 20 to 100 mgKOH/g and a basic group value of 20 to 70 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably has an acid value of 40 to 80 mgKOH/g and a basic group value of 30 to 60 mgKOH/g.

 特定高分子化合物は、ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有する。ポリエステル構造としては、式(G-1)、式(G-2)または式(G-3)で表される構造が挙げられる。ポリエーテル構造としては、式(G-4)で表される構造が挙げられる。
The specific polymer compound has at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure. The polyester structure may be a structure represented by formula (G-1), (G-2) or (G-3). The polyether structure may be a structure represented by formula (G-4).

 上記式において、RG1およびRG2は、それぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、
 n1~n4は、それぞれ独立して2以上の整数を表す。
In the above formula, R and R each independently represent an alkylene group.
n1 to n4 each independently represent an integer of 2 or more.

 RG1およびRG2が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~16であることがより好ましく、1~10であることが更に好ましい。RG1およびRG2が表すアルキレン基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R G1 and R G2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16, and further preferably 1 to 10. The alkylene group represented by R G1 and R G2 is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.

 n1~n4は、それぞれ独立して、2以上の整数を表し、3以上の整数であることが好ましく、5以上の整数であることがより好ましく、8以上の整数であることが更に好ましい。上限は、100以下であることが好ましく、80以下であることがより好ましく、60以下であることが更に好ましい。 n1 to n4 each independently represent an integer of 2 or greater, preferably an integer of 3 or greater, more preferably an integer of 5 or greater, and even more preferably an integer of 8 or greater. The upper limit is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and even more preferably 60 or less.

 化合物Dの好ましい一態様として、ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位と、酸基または塩基性基を有する繰り返し単位と、を有するグラフト樹脂が挙げられる。 A preferred embodiment of compound D is a graft resin having a repeating unit with a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and a repeating unit with an acid group or a basic group.

 上記グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(d1-1)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
An example of the repeating unit having a graft chain is a repeating unit represented by formula (d1-1).

 式(d1-1)中、Xd1は3価の連結基を表し、Ld1は単結合または2価の連結基を表し、Wd1はポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖を表す。 In formula (d1-1), X d1 represents a trivalent linking group, L d1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and W d1 represents a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure.

 Xd1が表す3価の連結基としては、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系連結基、ポリアルキレンイミン系連結基、ポリエステル系連結基、ポリウレタン系連結基、ポリウレア系連結基、ポリアミド系連結基、ポリエーテル系連結基、ポリスチレン系連結基などが挙げられ、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系連結基、ポリアルキレンイミン系連結基であることが好ましく、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系連結基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by Xd1 include a poly(meth)acrylic linking group, a polyalkyleneimine linking group, a polyester linking group, a polyurethane linking group, a polyurea linking group, a polyamide linking group, a polyether linking group, and a polystyrene linking group. A poly(meth)acrylic linking group or a polyalkyleneimine linking group is preferable, and a poly(meth)acrylic linking group is more preferable.

 Ld1が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、複素環基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L d1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.

 Wd1が表すグラフト鎖は、ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含む。ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造としては上述したものが挙げられる。 The graft chain represented by Wd1 contains at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure. Examples of the polyester structure and the polyether structure include those described above.

 グラフト鎖の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、式(W-1)で表される基が挙げられる。
 -Lw1-Rw1   ・・・(W-1)
 式中、Lw1は、単結合、または2価の連結基を表し、
 Rw1は、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基またはヘテロアリールチオエーテル基を表す。
The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent may be a group represented by formula (W-1).
-L w1 -R w1 ...(W-1)
In the formula, L w1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
R w1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, or a heteroarylthioether group.

 Lw1が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L w1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.

 グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位の重量平均分子量は、1000以上であることが好ましく、1000~10000であることがより好ましく、1000~7500であることが更に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位の重量平均分子量は、同繰り返し単位の重合に用いた原料モノマーの重量平均分子量から算出した値である。例えば、上記グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位は、マクロモノマーを重合することで形成できる。ここで、マクロモノマーとは、ポリマーの末端に重合性基が導入された高分子化合物を意味する。マクロモノマーを用いて上記グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位を形成した場合においては、マクロモノマーの重量平均分子量が上記グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位の重量平均分子量に該当する。 The weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having a graft chain is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1000 to 10000, and even more preferably 1000 to 7500. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having a graft chain is a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used in the polymerization of the repeating unit. For example, the repeating unit having a graft chain can be formed by polymerizing a macromonomer. Here, a macromonomer means a polymeric compound in which a polymerizable group is introduced at the end of the polymer. When the repeating unit having a graft chain is formed using a macromonomer, the weight average molecular weight of the macromonomer corresponds to the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having a graft chain.

 上記グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、グラフト樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、1~90モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、5モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、85モル%以下であることが好ましく、80モル%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating units having the above graft chains is preferably 1 to 90 mol% of the total repeating units of the graft resin. The lower limit is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less.

 上記グラフト樹脂が有する上記酸基または塩基性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(d2-1)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
The repeating unit having an acid group or a basic group contained in the graft resin includes a repeating unit represented by formula (d2-1).

 式(d2-1)中、Xd2は3価の連結基を表し、Ld2は単結合またはn+1価の連結基を表し、Wd2は酸基または塩基性基を表し、nは1~4の整数を表す。 In formula (d2-1), X d2 represents a trivalent linking group, L d2 represents a single bond or an (n+1)-valent linking group, W d2 represents an acid group or a basic group, and n represents an integer of 1 to 4.

 Xd2が表す3価の連結基としては、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系連結基、ポリアルキレンイミン系連結基、ポリエステル系連結基、ポリウレタン系連結基、ポリウレア系連結基、ポリアミド系連結基、ポリエーテル系連結基、ポリスチレン系連結基などが挙げられ、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系連結基、ポリアルキレンイミン系連結基であることが好ましく、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系連結基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by Xd2 include a poly(meth)acrylic linking group, a polyalkyleneimine linking group, a polyester linking group, a polyurethane linking group, a polyurea linking group, a polyamide linking group, a polyether linking group, and a polystyrene linking group. A poly(meth)acrylic linking group or a polyalkyleneimine linking group is preferable, and a poly(meth)acrylic linking group is more preferable.

 Ld2が表すn+1価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基)、芳香族炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基)、複素環基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。 Examples of the (n+1) valent linking group represented by L d2 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and groups combining two or more of these.

 Wd2が表す酸基および塩基性基としては、上述した酸基及び塩基性基が挙げられる。Wd2は酸基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the acid group and basic group represented by W d2 include the above-mentioned acid group and basic group. W d2 is preferably an acid group.

 nは1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましい。 n represents an integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2.

 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、グラフト樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、1~90モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、5モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、85モル%以下であることが好ましく、80モル%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 1 to 90 mol% of all repeating units of the graft resin. The lower limit is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less.

 上記グラフト樹脂は、更にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する繰り返し単位を有することができる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。 The graft resin may further have a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.

 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、グラフト樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、1モル%以上であることが好ましく、2モル%以上であることがより好ましく、3モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、90モル%以下とすることもでき、80モル%以下とすることもでき、70モル%以下とすることもできる。 The content of repeating units having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more, of all repeating units of the graft resin. The upper limit can be 90 mol% or less, 80 mol% or less, or 70 mol% or less.

 グラフト樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~50000が好ましい。上限は、45000以下であることが好ましく、40000以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、5000以上であることが好ましく、8000以上であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the graft resin is preferably 3,000 to 50,000. The upper limit is preferably 45,000 or less, and more preferably 40,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 8,000 or more.

 特定高分子化合物は、式(1)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。
 式(1)中、Xは分子量1000以下のm+n価の連結基を表し、
 Yは-O-または-NRY1-を表し、RY1は水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Zは、ポリエーテル構造またはポリエステル構造を表し、
 Rはアルキル基またはアリール基を表し
 mおよびnはそれぞれ独立して1~10の整数を表す。
The specific polymer compound is also preferably a compound represented by formula (1).
In formula (1), X1 represents a linking group having a valence of m+n and a molecular weight of 1,000 or less.
Y 1 represents -O- or -NR Y1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent;
Z1 represents a polyether structure or a polyester structure;
R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 to 10.

 式(1)のXが表すm+n価の連結基の分子量は、50~500であることが好ましく、50~250であることがより好ましい。
 Xが表すm+n価の連結基としては、芳香族環基、複素環基、脂肪族炭化水素基および、これらの基の2以上を単結合または連結基を介して結合した基などが挙げられる。上記連結基としては、-CRX1X2-、-NH-、-N<、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-NHCOO-、-CONH-、-OCONH-、-S-、-SO-および-OSO-等が挙げられ、-CRX1X2-、-NH-、-N<、-O-または-SO-であることが好ましい。RX1およびRX2は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
The molecular weight of the m+n valent linking group represented by X 1 in formula (1) is preferably 50-500, and more preferably 50-250.
Examples of the m+n valent linking group represented by X1 include an aromatic ring group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a group in which two or more of these groups are linked via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include -CR X1 R X2 -, -NH-, -N<, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -NHCOO-, -CONH-, -OCONH-, -S-, -SO 2 -, and -OSO 2 -, and -CR X1 R X2 -, -NH-, -N<, -O-, or -SO 2 - is preferred. R X1 and R X2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

 上記芳香族環基の炭素数は、6~20であることが好ましく、6~12であることがより好ましい。上記芳香族環基は、ベンゼン環基またはナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。上記芳香族環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、フェニル基、アミド基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group. The aromatic ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a phenyl group, an amide group, a nitro group, and an alkoxy group.

 上記複素環基は、非芳香族の複素環基であってもよく、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。複素環基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類は窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。上記複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、フェニル基、アミド基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基などが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic group or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a phenyl group, an amide group, a nitro group, and an alkoxy group.

 上記脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、2~20であることが好ましい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、飽和または不飽和の非環式の脂肪族炭化水素基、飽和または不飽和の脂肪族環を含む脂肪族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。脂肪族環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。また、脂肪族環は架橋構造を有していてもよい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、フェニル基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 20. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include saturated or unsaturated acyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups containing a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic ring. The aliphatic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The aliphatic ring may have a crosslinked structure. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, and a phenyl group.

 Xが表すm+n価の連結基は、芳香族環基、脂肪族炭化水素基、または、これらの基の2以上を単結合もしくは上述した連結基を介して結合した基であることが好ましく、芳香族環基、または、2以上の芳香族環基を単結合もしくは上述した連結基を介して結合した基であることがより好ましい。 The m+n valent linking group represented by X1 is preferably an aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or a group in which two or more of these groups are linked via a single bond or the above-mentioned linking group, and more preferably an aromatic ring group, or a group in which two or more aromatic ring groups are linked via a single bond or the above-mentioned linking group.

 式(1)のYは-O-または-NRY1-を表し、RY1は水素原子または置換基を表す。RY1が表す置換基としては、アルキル基およびアリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。RY1は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(1)のYは-O-または-NH-であることが好ましく、-O-であることがより好ましい。
In formula (1), Y 1 represents -O- or -NR Y1 -, and R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R Y1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and R Y1 is preferably an alkyl group. R Y1 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In formula (1), Y 1 is preferably —O— or —NH—, and more preferably —O—.

 式(1)のZは、ポリエーテル構造またはポリエステル構造を表し、ポリエーテル構造であることが好ましい。ポリエーテル構造およびポリエステル構造としては上述したものが挙げられる。 Z1 in formula (1) represents a polyether structure or a polyester structure, and is preferably a polyether structure. Examples of the polyether structure and polyester structure include those described above.

 式(1)のZが表す構造の分子量は、300~5000であることが好ましい。下限は、500以上であることが好ましく、700以上であることがより好ましい。上記分子量の上限は、3500以下であることが好ましく、2500以下であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the structure represented by Z1 in formula (1) is preferably 300 to 5000. The lower limit is preferably 500 or more, and more preferably 700 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 3500 or less, and more preferably 2500 or less.

 式(1)のZは、分子量300~5000のポリアルキレングリコール構造であることが好ましい。上記分子量の下限は、500以上であることが好ましく、700以上であることがより好ましい。上記分子量の上限は、3500以下であることが好ましく、2500以下であることがより好ましい。 Z1 in formula (1) is preferably a polyalkylene glycol structure having a molecular weight of 300 to 5000. The lower limit of the molecular weight is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 700 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 3500 or less, more preferably 2500 or less.

 式(1)のZは、式(Z1-1)および式(Z1-2)から選ばれる構造を含むことが好ましく、式(Z1-1)で表される構造を含むことがより好ましい。
 式(Z1-1)中、p1は2以上の整数を表し、2~90の整数を表すことが好ましい。下限は、3以上の整数であることが好ましく、5以上の整数であることがより好ましく、10以上の整数であることが更に好ましい。上限は、60以下の整数であることが好ましく、50以下の整数であることがより好ましく、40以下の整数であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Z2-1)中、p2は2以上の整数を表し、2~90の整数を表すことが好ましい。下限は、3以上の整数であることが好ましく、5以上の整数であることがより好ましく、10以上の整数であることが更に好ましい。上限は、60以下の整数であることが好ましく、50以下の整数であることがより好ましく、40以下の整数であることが更に好ましい。
Z1 in formula (1) preferably contains a structure selected from formula (Z1-1) and formula (Z1-2), and more preferably contains a structure represented by formula (Z1-1).
In formula (Z1-1), p1 represents an integer of 2 or more, and preferably represents an integer of 2 to 90. The lower limit is preferably an integer of 3 or more, more preferably an integer of 5 or more, and even more preferably an integer of 10 or more. The upper limit is preferably an integer of 60 or less, more preferably an integer of 50 or less, and even more preferably an integer of 40 or less.
In formula (Z2-1), p2 represents an integer of 2 or more, and preferably represents an integer of 2 to 90. The lower limit is preferably an integer of 3 or more, more preferably an integer of 5 or more, and even more preferably an integer of 10 or more. The upper limit is preferably an integer of 60 or less, more preferably an integer of 50 or less, and even more preferably an integer of 40 or less.

 式(1)のZの好ましい態様として、式(Z1-1)で表される構造である態様が挙げられる。
 式(1)のZの別の好ましい態様として、式(Z1-1)で表される構造と式(Z1-2)で表される構造とを含む態様が挙げられる。この態様においては、式(Z1-1)で表される構造の繰り返し単位の数(p1)と、式(Z1-2)で表される構造の繰り返し単位の数(p2)との比率は、p1:p2=1:0.05~1.5であることが好ましく、1:0.1~1.2であることがより好ましく、1:0.12~1.0であることが更に好ましい。
A preferred embodiment of Z1 in formula (1) is a structure represented by formula (Z1-1).
Another preferred embodiment of Z1 in formula (1) is an embodiment containing a structure represented by formula (Z1-1) and a structure represented by formula (Z1-2). In this embodiment, the ratio of the number of repeating units (p1) of the structure represented by formula (Z1-1) to the number of repeating units (p2) of the structure represented by formula (Z1-2) is preferably p1:p2=1:0.05-1.5, more preferably 1:0.1-1.2, and even more preferably 1:0.12-1.0.

 式(1)のRはアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30であることが好ましく、1~20であることがより好ましく、1~15であることが更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30であることが好ましく、6~20であることがより好ましく、6~15であることが更に好ましい。
R 1 in formula (1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.

 式(1)のmおよびnはそれぞれ独立して1~10の整数を表す。
 mは1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましい。
 nは1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましい。
 n+mの下限は、2以上であり、3以上であることが好ましく、4以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることが更に好ましい。n+mは、6であることが好ましい。
In formula (1), m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 to 10.
m is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 2 or 3.
n is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 2 or 3.
The lower limit of n+m is 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 4 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. n+m is preferably 6.

 式(1)の重量平均分子量は、1000~10000であることが好ましい。上限は、8000以下であることが好ましく、4000以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、1500以上であることが好ましく、2000以上であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of formula (1) is preferably 1,000 to 10,000. The upper limit is preferably 8,000 or less, and more preferably 4,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 1,500 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more.

 本発明の組成物は、顔料100質量部に対して特定高分子化合物を10~100質量部含むことが好ましく、10~50質量部含むことがより好ましく、30~50質量部含むことが更に好ましく、30~40質量部含むことが特に好ましい。 The composition of the present invention preferably contains 10 to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer compound per 100 parts by mass of the pigment, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, even more preferably 30 to 50 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 40 parts by mass.

 組成物の全固形分中における特定高分子化合物の含有量は、5~40質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、35質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The content of the specific polymer compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 5 to 40% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 35% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more.

 本発明の組成物は、特定高分子化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。特定酸性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one specific polymer compound, or may contain two or more specific polymer compounds. When two or more specific acidic compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of the specific acidic compounds is within the above range.

<<染料>>
 本発明の組成物は、更に染料を含有することができる。染料は、有彩色染料、黒色染料および赤外線吸収染料などが挙げられる。
<<Dye>>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a dye, such as a chromatic dye, a black dye, or an infrared absorbing dye.

 有彩色染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ染料、アニリノアゾ染料、トリアリールメタン染料、アントラキノン染料、アントラピリドン染料、ベンジリデン染料、オキソノール染料、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ染料、ピリドンアゾ染料、シアニン染料、フェノチアジン染料、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン染料、キサンテン染料、フタロシアニン染料、ベンゾピラン染料、インジゴ染料、ピロメテン染料等が挙げられる。 There are no particular limitations on the chromatic dye, and any known dye can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.

 黒色染料としては、ビスベンゾフラノン染料、アゾメチン染料、ペリレン染料、アゾ染料などが挙げられる。 Black dyes include bisbenzofuranone dyes, azomethine dyes, perylene dyes, and azo dyes.

 赤外線吸収染料としては、ピロロピロール染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム染料、フタロシアニン染料、ナフタロシアニン染料、クアテリレン染料、メロシアニン染料、クロコニウム染料、オキソノール染料、イミニウム染料、ジチオール染料、トリアリールメタン染料、ピロメテン染料、アゾメチン染料、アントラキノン染料、ジベンゾフラノン染料等が挙げられる。 Infrared absorbing dyes include pyrrolopyrrole dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, quaterrylene dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, oxonol dyes, iminium dyes, dithiol dyes, triarylmethane dyes, pyrromethene dyes, azomethine dyes, anthraquinone dyes, and dibenzofuranone dyes.

 染料には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。  A dye polymer can also be used as the dye. A dye polymer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. There is no particular limit to the upper limit, but it can be 100 or less. The multiple dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer is preferably 2000 to 50000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30000 or less, and even more preferably 20000 or less. The dye polymer can also be a compound described in JP2011-213925A, JP2013-041097A, JP2015-028144A, JP2015-030742A, WO2016/031442, etc.

 有彩色染料または上述した有彩色顔料として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、国際公開第2022/004261号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン、国際公開第2021/250883号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンを用いることができる。他の着色剤は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。他の着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物、特開2020-090676号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-055956号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-031681号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-056354号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許出願公開第2021/0355327号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/065357号に記載の化合物、特開2020-045436号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146726号公報に記載の化合物、特開2018-178039号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881244号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881245号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881246号明細書に記載の化合物、特開2022-104822号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-096701号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-023652号公報に記載の化合物、色材協会誌(2022年発行)の80~84ページに記載の緑色顔料、特開2022-143135号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-140287号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/136308号に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113061349号明細書に記載のペリレン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0018993号公報に記載のシアン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2023-013209号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-013166号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2023/286526号に記載のキサンテン化合物、特開2021-155746号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-155747号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-155748号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-155749号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/051876号に記載の化合物、特開2020-083981号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-056463号公報に記載の化合物、特表2023-515473号公報に記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。 As the chromatic dye or the above-mentioned chromatic pigment, there may be mentioned a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, a xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638 A, a phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991 A, an isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-006907 ... Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used. The other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures. Other colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, Compounds described in JP 2021-031681 A, compounds described in JP 2022-056354 A, compounds described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2021/0355327 A, compounds described in WO 2022/065357 A, compounds described in JP 2020-045436 A, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146726 A, compounds described in JP 2018-178039 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881244 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881245 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881246 A, compounds described in JP Compounds described in JP-A-2022-104822, compounds described in JP-A-2022-096701, compounds described in JP-A-2020-023652, green pigments described on pages 80 to 84 of the Journal of the Color Materials Association (published in 2022), compounds described in JP-A-2022-143135, compounds described in JP-A-2022-140287, compounds described in WO 2022/136308, perylene compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113061349, cyan pigments described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0018993, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, ... Compounds described in JP-A-023-013209, compounds described in JP-A-2023-013166, xanthene compounds described in WO 2023/286526, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155746, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155747, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155748, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155749, compounds described in WO 2018/051876, compounds described in JP-A-2020-083981, compounds described in JP-A-2023-056463, compounds described in JP-T-2023-515473, and the like can also be used.

<<樹脂>>
 本発明の組成物は、上述した化合物D以外の素材として、樹脂を更に含むことができる。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などを組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などを組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<<Resin>>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a resin as a material other than the above-mentioned compound D. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing pigments in the composition or for the purpose of a binder. Note that a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments in a composition is also called a dispersant. However, such a use of the resin is only an example, and the resin may be used for purposes other than such a use.

 樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、シロキサン樹脂などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0091~0099に記載の樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体、特開2018-135514号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2020-041046号公報に記載の共重合体、特開2023-033156号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2023-030386号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2023-027753号公報に記載の樹脂を用いることもできる。 Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins. Further, examples of the resin include the resin described in paragraphs 0091 to 0099 of WO 2022/065215, the blocked polyisocyanate resin described in JP 2016-222891 A, the resin described in JP 2020-122052 A, the resin described in JP 2020-111656 A, the resin described in JP 2020-139021 A, the resin described in JP 2017-138503 A containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain, and the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0199 of JP 2020-186373 A. Resins described in JP-A-0233, alkali-soluble resins described in JP-A-2020-186325, resins represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339, copolymers containing epoxy groups and acid groups described in WO 2022/030445, resins described in JP-A-2018-135514, copolymers described in JP-A-2020-041046, resins described in JP-A-2023-033156, resins described in JP-A-2023-030386, and resins described in JP-A-2023-027753 can also be used.

 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.

 樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 As the resin, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.

 酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000がより好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1000~20000が好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.

 酸基を有する樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group on the side chain out of all the repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.

 酸基を有する樹脂については、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載、特開2012-198408号公報の段落番号0076~0099の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸基を有する樹脂は市販品を用いることもできる。また、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、特許第6349629号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。更に、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、エポキシ基の開環反応で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入する方法も挙げられる。 For the resin having an acid group, the description in paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 A (corresponding paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) and the description in paragraphs 0076 to 0099 of JP 2012-198408 A can be referred to, and the contents of these are incorporated herein. In addition, a commercially available product can also be used as the resin having an acid group. In addition, there is no particular restriction on the method of introducing an acid group into the resin, but an example of the method is the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629 A. Furthermore, as a method of introducing an acid group into a resin, a method of reacting an acid anhydride with a hydroxyl group generated by a ring-opening reaction of an epoxy group to introduce an acid group can also be used.

 樹脂としては、塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。 As the resin, a resin having a basic group can also be used. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, more preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group, and even more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group. The resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.

 塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー社製)、ソルスパース11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1、特開2019-184763号公報の段落番号0150~0153に記載された塩基性基を有するビニル樹脂を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Commercially available resins with basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24 000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like. In addition, the resin having a basic group may be a block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A, a block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A, or a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP 2019-184763 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 樹脂は、酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを用いることも好ましい。この態様によれば、組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、塩基性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、酸基を有する樹脂の100質量部に対して20~500質量部であることが好ましく、30~300質量部であることがより好ましく、50~200質量部であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the composition can be further improved. When a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group are used in combination, the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, and even more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.

 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂において、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂としては、国際公開第2021/166858号の段落0082~0107に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group. In a resin having an aromatic carboxy group, the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of a repeating unit, or may be included in a side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is included in the main chain of a repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In an aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to an aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2. Examples of resins having an aromatic carboxy group include the resins described in paragraphs 0082 to 0107 of WO 2021/166858.

 樹脂として、グラフトポリマー、星形ポリマー、ブロック共重合体およびポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。このような樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 The resin used is preferably at least one selected from graft polymers, star polymers, block copolymers, and resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group. Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.

 グラフトポリマーとしては、グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂などが挙げられる。グラフト鎖としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖が挙げられる。グラフト鎖の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、顔料の分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有する基が好ましく、炭素数5~30のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましい。 Examples of the graft polymer include resins having repeating units with graft chains. Examples of the graft chain include graft chains containing at least one structure selected from polyester structures, polyether structures, polystyrene structures, and poly(meth)acrylic structures. The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylthioether group. Of these, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferred, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and linear or branched groups are preferred.

 グラフトポリマーの具体例としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094、特開2009-203462号公報の段落番号0022~0097、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。なお、グラフトポリマーのうち、ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖と、酸基および塩基性から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、を有する重量平均分子量2000~30000のグラフトポリマーは、上述した化合物Dに該当する素材である。 Specific examples of graft polymers include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, paragraphs 0022 to 0097 of JP 2009-203462 A, and paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A. Among the graft polymers, a graft polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group, is a material that corresponds to the above-mentioned compound D.

 星形ポリマーとしては、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂が挙げられる。星型ポリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 Star polymers include resins with a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core. Specific examples of star polymers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.

 ブロック共重合体としては、酸基または塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体のブロック(以下、ブロックAともいう)と、酸基および塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位を有する重合体のブロック(以下、ブロックBともいう)とのブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。ブロック共重合体には、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The block copolymer is preferably a block copolymer of a block of a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block A) and a block of a polymer having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block B). As the block copolymer, block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A and block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 ポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された構造の樹脂が挙げられる。ポリマー鎖の末端を封止する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられる。なお、ポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂のうち、ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むポリマー鎖の末端が酸基で封止された構造の樹脂であって、重量平均分子量2000~30000のグラフトポリマーは、上述した化合物Dに該当する素材である。 The resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group includes a resin having a structure in which at least one end of the polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure is blocked with an acid group. Examples of the acid group blocking the end of the polymer chain include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group. Among the resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group, a resin having a structure in which at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure is blocked with an acid group and is a graft polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 is a material that corresponds to the above-mentioned compound D.

 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を用いることもできる。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 The resin may be used as a dispersant. Examples of dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the term "acidic dispersant (acidic resin)" refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. The basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.

 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ、A208F(第一工業製薬(株)製)、H-3606(第一工業製薬(株)製)、サンデットET(三洋化成工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercially available products. Specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd., A208F (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), and Sandet ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.). In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.

 組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は30質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 組成物の全固形分中における樹脂と上述した特定高分子化合物との合計の含有量は、10~30質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
 本発明の組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The resin content in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less.
The total content of the resin and the specific polymer compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 10 to 30% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more.
The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<<Polymerizable compound>>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound may be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may be a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.

 重合性化合物の分子量は、100~2500が好ましい。上限は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましい。下限は、150以上が好ましく、250以上がより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 2500. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.

 重合性化合物のエチレン性不飽和結合含有基価(以下、C=C価という)は、組成物の保存安定性の観点から2~14mmol/gであることが好ましい。下限は、3mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、4mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、5mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は12mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、8mmol/g以下であることが更に好ましい。重合性化合物のC=C価は、重合性化合物の1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基の数を重合性化合物の分子量で割ることで算出した値である。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group value (hereinafter referred to as the C=C value) of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g from the viewpoint of storage stability of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of the polymerizable compound is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound.

 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~15個含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~6個含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0075~0083に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201832008号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0083 of WO 2022/065215 and the compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201832008.

 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)、特開2023-043479号公報に記載のデンドリマー構造またはハイパーブランチ構造を有する重合性化合物などを用いることもできる。 Preferred polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and compounds in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (e.g., SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer Corporation). Examples of polymerizable compounds include diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and polymerizable compounds having a dendrimer structure or hyperbranch structure as described in JP-A-2023-043479 can also be used.

 組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は、1~35質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、10質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。本発明の組成物は、重合性化合物を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 1 to 35 mass%. The upper limit is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 25 mass% or less, even more preferably 20 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 10 mass% or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, and more preferably 5 mass% or more. The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。本発明の組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photopolymerization initiator>>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, the composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet to visible regions is preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤、中国特許出願公開第110764367号明細書に記載の開始剤、特表2022-518535号公報に記載の開始剤、国際公開第2021/175855号に記載の開始剤、台湾特許出願公開第202200534号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-078550号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0087330号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/075452号に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第110066225号明細書に記載のオキシムエステル化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2022-0076157号公報に記載の化合物、トリアリールアミンまたはN-アリールカルバゾール骨格を有する国際公開第2019/013112号の段落番号0042~0062に記載の化合物、特許第7219378号公報に記載のオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146174号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2019/013112号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2023-033731号公報に記載の光重合開始剤などが挙げられる。 Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. In addition, examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, a photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2018/221177, a photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2018/110179, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2019-043864 A, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2019-044030 A, a peroxide-based initiator described in JP 2019-167313 A, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidine group described in JP 2020-055992 A, Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-0459, polymers described in JP-A-2020-172619, compounds represented by formula 1 described in WO 2020/152120, compounds described in JP-A-2021-181406, photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2022-013379, compounds represented by formula (1) described in JP-A-2022-015747, fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester-based photoinitiators described in JP-T-2021-507058, Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 1107643 Initiators described in JP-A-2022-518535, initiators described in WO 2021/175855, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 202200534, compounds described in JP-A-2022-078550, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, compounds described in WO 2022/075452, oxime ester compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 110066225, Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compound described in WO 2019/013112, the compound having a triarylamine or N-arylcarbazole skeleton described in paragraphs 0042 to 0062 of WO 2019/013112, the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 7219378, the photopolymerization initiator described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146174, the photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2019/013112, and the photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2023-033731.

 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.

 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.

 オキシム化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0142に記載の化合物、特許第5430746号に記載の化合物、特許第5647738号に記載の化合物、特開2021-173858号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0022から0024に記載の化合物、特開2021-170089号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0117から0120に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-301、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include the compound described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP 2021-173858 A, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP 2021-170089 A, and the like. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, and Irgacure OXE04 (all manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-301, TR-PBG-304, and TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 A). In addition, it is also preferable to use a compound that is not colorable or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor as the oxime compound. Commercially available products include Adeka Arcles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).

 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0143~0149に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.

 光重合開始剤としては、式(OX-1)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-1) can also be used.

 式(OX-1)中、X1aは芳香族環および複素環からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む2価の連結基を表し、
 R1aは水素原子またはアシル基を表し、
 R2aはアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R3aおよびR4aはそれぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、
 AlkおよびAlkはそれぞれ独立してアルキル基を表し、
 R3aとR4aは結合して環を形成していてもよく、
 AlkとAlkは結合して環を形成していてもよく、
 nは0または1を表す。
In formula (OX-1), X 1a represents a divalent linking group containing at least one ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring and a heterocycle;
R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group;
R2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group;
R 3a and R 4a may be bonded to form a ring;
Alk 1 and Alk 2 may be linked to form a ring;
n represents 0 or 1.

 式(OX-1)のX1aが表す2価の連結基としては、2価の芳香族環基、2価の複素環基、2以上の芳香族環を単結合または連結基を介して結合した2価の基、2以上の複素環を単結合または連結基を介して結合した2価の基、芳香族環と複素環を単結合または連結基を介して結合した2価の基が挙げられる。上記芳香族環同士、複素環基同士、または、芳香族環と複素環とを結合する連結基としては、-CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-NR-及びこれらを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 1a in formula (OX-1) include a divalent aromatic ring group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a divalent group in which two or more aromatic rings are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, a divalent group in which two or more heterocycles are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, and a divalent group in which an aromatic ring and a heterocycle are bonded via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group that bonds the above-mentioned aromatic rings, heterocyclic groups, or aromatic rings and heterocycles include -CH 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -NR x -, and groups combining these. R x represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

 式(OX-1)のX1aは、式(X-1)~(X-13)のいずれで表される基であることが好ましく、式(X-1)、式(X-2)、式(X-4)、式(X-6)または式(X-8)で表される基であることがより好ましく、式(X-2)または式(X-6)で表される基であることが更に好ましい。
 式中RX1~RX9は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す。
X 1a in formula (OX-1) is preferably a group represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-13), more preferably a group represented by formula (X-1), formula (X-2), formula (X-4), formula (X-6) or formula (X-8), and further preferably a group represented by formula (X-2) or formula (X-6).
In the formula, R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

 RX1~RX9が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.

 RX1~RX9が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~15であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.

 RX1~RX9が表すアルキニル基の炭素数は、2~15であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましい。アルキニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキニル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10. The alkynyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkynyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.

 RX1~RX9が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.

 RX1~RX9が表す複素環基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子は、酸素原子、窒素原子および硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子の数は、1~3個が好ましい。複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. The heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.

 式(OX-1)のR1aは水素原子またはアシル基を表し、アシル基であることが好ましい。
 R1aが表すアシル基は、-C(O)-R101で表される基であることが好ましい。R101は、アリール基または複素環基を表し、アリール基であることが好ましい。
In formula (OX-1), R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group, and is preferably an acyl group.
The acyl group represented by R 1a is preferably a group represented by —C(O)—R 101. R 101 represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably an aryl group.

 R101が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。R101が表すアリール基は、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基またはナフチル基であることが好ましく、メチルフェニル基またはナフチル基であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group. The aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a methylphenyl group or a naphthyl group.

 R101が表す複素環基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子は、酸素原子、窒素原子および硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子の数は、1~3個が好ましい。複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 101 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. The heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.

 式(OX-1)のR2aは、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、発生ラジカルの反応性が高いという理由からアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R2aが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~5であることが更に好ましく、1~3であることがより一層好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。R2aが表すアルキル基は、無置換の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましく、無置換の直鎖のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 R2aが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアリール基であることが好ましい。
R 2a in formula (OX-1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group because the reactivity of the generated radical is high.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably an unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted linear alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 2a is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted aryl group.

 式(OX-1)のR3aおよびR4aはそれぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 R3aおよびR4aが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~5であることが更に好ましく、1~3であることがより一層好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R3aとR4aは結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環は、5員環または6員環の環であることが好ましく、5員環または6員環の脂肪族炭化水素環であることがより好ましい。
In formula (OX-1), R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3a and R 4a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
R3a and R4a may be bonded to form a ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.

 式(OX-1)のAlkおよびAlkはそれぞれ独立してアルキル基を表す。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~5であることが更に好ましく、1~3であることがより一層好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 AlkとAlkは結合して環を形成していてもよく、環を形成していることが好ましい。形成される環は、5員環または6員環の環であることが好ましく、5員環または6員環の脂肪族炭化水素環であることがより好ましく、シクロペンタン環またはシクロヘキサン環であることがより好ましい。
In formula (OX-1), Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
Alk1 and Alk2 may be bonded to form a ring, and preferably form a ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring.

 式(OX-1)のnは0または1を表し、0であることが好ましい。 In formula (OX-1), n represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.

 式(OX-1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特開2012-113104号公報の段落番号0092~0096に記載の化合物、特開2012-189997号公報の段落番号0041に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (OX-1) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0092 to 0096 of JP2012-113104A and the compounds described in paragraph 0041 of JP2012-189997A.

 光重合開始剤としては、式(OX-2)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-2) can also be used.

 式(OX-2)中、R1bおよびR2bはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、R3b~R7bは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Ar1bは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基または複素環基を表し、nは0または1を表す。 In formula (OX-2), R 1b and R 2b each independently represent a substituent, R 3b to R 7b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and n represents 0 or 1.

 R1bおよびR2bが表す置換基としては、アルキル基およびアリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent represented by R 1b and R 2b include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.

 R3b~R7bが表す置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基およびアリール基が挙げられる。アルキル基およびアリール基としては上述したものが挙げられる。
 R3b~R7bは水素原子であることが好ましい。
The substituents represented by R 3b to R 7b include a halogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group, the alkyl group and the aryl group being as described above.
R 3b to R 7b are preferably hydrogen atoms.

 Ar1bは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基または複素環基を表し、Ar1bは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基であることが好ましい。芳香族環基はベンゼン環基またはナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ニトロ基およびアシル基が挙げられ、アシル基であることが好ましい。アシル基としては、上述したアシル基が挙げられる。 Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and Ar 1b is preferably an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a nitro group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable. Examples of the acyl group include the acyl groups described above.

 光重合開始剤としては、式(OX-3)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-3) can also be used.

 式(OX-3)中、Ar1cは(k+m+1)価の芳香族環基又は(k+m+1)価の複素環基を表し、
 Ar2cは(k+2)価の芳香族環基又は(k+2)価の複素環基を表し、
 R1c~R3cはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
 L1cは単結合またはCR11c12cを表し、R11c及びR12cはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 X1cは-O-または-S-を表し、
 kは0又は1を表し、mは0~4の整数を表し、nは0又は1を表す。
In formula (OX-3), Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group;
Ar 2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group;
R 1c to R 3c each independently represent a substituent;
L 1c represents a single bond or CR 11c R 12c , and R 11c and R 12c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
X 1c represents -O- or -S-;
k represents 0 or 1; m represents an integer of 0 to 4; and n represents 0 or 1.

 R1cおよびR2cが表す置換基としては、アルキル基およびアリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。
 R2cは、分岐または環状構造を有するアルキル基であることが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by R 1c and R 2c include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
R 2c is preferably an alkyl group having a branched or cyclic structure.

 R3cが表す置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基およびアシル基が挙げられ、アシル基であることが好ましい。アシル基としては、上述したアシル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent represented by R3c include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable. Examples of the acyl group include the acyl groups described above.

 Ar1cは(k+m+1)価の芳香族環基又は(k+m+1)価の複素環基を表し、(k+m+1)価の芳香族環基であることが好ましい。芳香族環基はベンゼン環基またはナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。 Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.

 Ar2cは(k+2)価の芳香族環基又は(k+2)価の複素環基を表し、(k+2)価の芳香族環基であることが好ましい。芳香族環基はベンゼン環基またはナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。 Ar2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.

 kは0又は1を表し、0であることが好ましい。 k represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.

 mは0~4の整数を表し、0または1であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。 m represents an integer from 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.

 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds that are preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.

 光重合開始剤としては、Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製)および/またはIrgacure OXE02(BASF社製)と、Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.社製)とを組み合わせて用いることも好ましい。 As a photopolymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use a combination of Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.).

 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の保存安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0148に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, crystallinity is reduced and solubility in solvents is improved, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and the storage stability of the coloring composition can be improved. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.

 組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましく、1.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. In the composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<<溶剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, there are cases where it is better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).

 有機溶剤の金属含有量は少ないことが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably low. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, organic solvents at the ppt (parts per trillion) by mass level may be used, and such organic solvents are provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).

 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.

 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.

 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.

 組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.

 本発明の組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances. In the present invention, substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally regulated substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Act, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and their usage and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing each component used in the composition, and may be mixed into the composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental consideration, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing environmentally regulated substances, a method of reducing them by heating or reducing pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system can be mentioned. In addition, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is useful to perform azeotropy with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in question in order to increase efficiency. In addition, when a radically polymerizable compound is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to prevent crosslinking between molecules caused by the radical polymerization reaction during distillation under reduced pressure. These distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of a composition prepared by mixing these compounds.

<<環状エーテル基を有する化合物>>
 本発明の組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ化合物はエポキシ基を1分子内に1~100個有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
<<Compound Having Cyclic Ether Group>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group. The alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred. The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably 2 or more. As the epoxy compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408, and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.

 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が特に好ましく、3000以下が一層好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., a molecular weight of less than 2000, or even less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., a molecular weight of 1000 or more, or in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.

 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物として後述する実施例に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group-containing polymers). In addition, the compounds described in the examples below can also be used as compounds having a cyclic ether group.

 組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、例えば、15質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15 mass% or less, and even more preferably 10 mass% or less. Only one type of compound having a cyclic ether group may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0164に記載の化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<<Curing accelerator>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph 0164 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.

<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0179に記載の化合物、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤、韓国公開特許第10-2022-0014454号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-013321号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。本発明において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>>
The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0014454, and the compounds described in JP-A-2023-013321. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Polymerization inhibitor>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among these, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be of only one type or of two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。シランカップリング剤としては、加水分解性基を有するシラン化合物が挙げられ、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物であることが好ましい。加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0177に記載の化合物、特開2019-183020号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agents>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent. Examples of the silane coupling agent include silane compounds having a hydrolyzable group, and it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. In addition, examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferable. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A-2019-183020. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. The silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましく、シリコーン系界面活性剤であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactants>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant, and more preferably a silicone-based surfactant. For the surfactant, reference can be made to the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0167~0173に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As fluorosurfactants, the compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.

 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0174に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485.

 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, and SF 8419. OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials, Inc.), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc. As the silicone surfactant, a compound having the following structure can also be used.

 組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. There may be only one type of surfactant, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidants>>
The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used. As a preferred phenolic compound, a hindered phenolic compound may be used. A compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule is also preferred. In addition, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). In addition, the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.

<<その他成分>>
 本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0182に記載の化合物を用いることができる。また、連鎖移動剤には、特開2020-109068号公報に記載のチオール化合物を用いることができる。
<<Other ingredients>>
The composition of the present invention may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these components, properties such as film properties can be adjusted. As these components, the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485 can be used. In addition, as the chain transfer agent, a thiol compound described in JP 2020-109068 A can be used.

 本発明の組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.

 本発明の組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0183に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver. Examples of light resistance improvers include the compounds described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.

 本発明の組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferred that the composition of the present invention is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.

 本発明の組成物は、環境規制の観点から、メラミンの含有量が10000質量ppm以下であることが好ましい。 In view of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention has a melamine content of 10,000 ppm by mass or less.

 本発明の組成物は、遊離の金属含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。また、遊離のハロゲン含有量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. The free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins.

 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. When the content of the above-mentioned compounds is reduced in the composition of the present invention, the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, a composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. The composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, within the maximum allowable range.

 環境規制の観点から、含フッ素化合物の使用が規制されることがある。組成物中の含フッ素化合物の含有量を少なくする場合、組成物中の含フッ素化合物の含有量は5質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。組成物は、含フッ素化合物を実質的に含まなくてもよい。 The use of fluorine-containing compounds may be restricted from the perspective of environmental regulations. When the content of fluorine-containing compounds in the composition is reduced, the content of fluorine-containing compounds in the composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. The composition may be substantially free of fluorine-containing compounds.

 本発明の組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The moisture content of the composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.

 本発明の組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.) and film thickness. The viscosity value can be selected appropriately as needed, but for example, it is preferably 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s at 25°C, and more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s. The viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.

<<収容容器>>
 組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0187に記載の容器を用いることができる。
<<Storage container>>
The container for storing the composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the container.

<組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method of preparing the composition>
The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the composition, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are then mixed at the time of use (application) to prepare the composition.

 また、組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, it is preferable that the preparation of the composition includes a process for dispersing the pigment. In the process for dispersing the pigment, mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion. In addition, when grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the grinding process. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Information Technology Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focused on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A. In addition, in the process for dispersing the pigment, a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in, for example, JP 2015-194521 A and JP 2012-046629 A may be referred to. Examples of materials for the beads used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass. The beads may also be made of inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above beads.

 組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。ろ過に用いるフィルタの種類およびろ過方法としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0196~0199に記載のフィルタおよびろ過方法が挙げられる。 When preparing the composition, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. Examples of the types of filters and filtration methods used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485.

<膜>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタ、赤外線透過フィルタおよび赤外線カットフィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。
<Membrane>
The film of the present invention is obtained from the composition of the present invention described above. The film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, infrared transmission filters, and infrared cut filters.

 本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted appropriately depending on the purpose. For example, the thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

 本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましく、緑色または赤色の色相を有することがより好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、緑色画素または赤色画素であることが好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow hue, and more preferably has a green or red hue. The film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and green or red pixels are preferred.

<膜の製造方法>
 次に、本発明の膜の製造方法について説明する。本発明の膜は、本発明の組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。本発明の組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成することで、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
Next, a method for producing the film of the present invention will be described. The film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the composition of the present invention. The film production method preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of the method for forming the pattern (pixel) include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferred. By forming a pattern by the photolithography method using the composition of the present invention, the generation of development residues can be further suppressed.

 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の組成物を用いて支持体上に組成物層を形成する工程と、組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a composition layer on a support using the composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the composition layer to light in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-bake step) may be provided.

 組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の組成物を用いて、支持体上に組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming the composition layer, the composition layer is formed on a support using the composition of the present invention. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. A black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. A base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.

 組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えば、オンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。また、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0207に記載の塗布方法を用いることもできる。  A known method can be used as a method for applying the composition. For example, a dropping method (drop casting); a slit coating method; a spray method; a roll coating method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wetting method (for example, a method described in JP 2009-145395 A); various printing methods such as ejection printing such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, and metal mask printing; a transfer method using a mold, etc.; a nanoimprint method, etc. can also be used. In addition, the application method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 A can also be used.

 支持体上に形成した組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When a film is produced by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more. The prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.

 次に、組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to harden.

 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line and i-line. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred. Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.

 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, during exposure, light may be applied continuously or in pulses (pulse exposure). Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).

 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2. The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%). The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the oxygen concentration can be 10% by volume and the illuminance can be 10,000 W/m 2 , and the oxygen concentration can be 35% by volume and the illuminance can be 20,000 W/m 2 .

 次に、組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed parts of the composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels). The unexposed parts of the composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer. As a result, the composition layer in the unexposed parts during the exposure process dissolves into the developer, leaving only the photocured parts. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In order to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.

 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。現像液、および、現像後の洗浄(リンス)方法については、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0214に記載の現像液や洗浄方法を用いることができる。 The developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred. The developer and the washing (rinsing) method after development may be as described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485.

 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100~300℃が好ましく、200~270℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development and drying, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing or heating processing (post-baking). Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 300°C, more preferably 200 to 270°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film. When additional exposure processing is performed, it is preferable that the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.

 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の組成物を用いて支持体上に組成物層を形成し、この組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes the steps of forming a composition layer on a support using the composition of the present invention, curing the entire composition layer to form a cured layer, forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer, exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and developing it to form a resist pattern, and dry etching the cured layer using an etching gas with the resist pattern as a mask. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-bake treatment. In particular, the process of forming the photoresist layer is preferably a form in which a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are performed. For the pattern formation by the dry etching method, the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.

<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましく、着色画素として本発明の膜を有することがより好ましく、赤色画素として本発明の膜を有することが更に好ましい。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The types of optical filters include color filters, infrared cut filters, and infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters. The color filter preferably has the film of the present invention as its pixel, more preferably has the film of the present invention as its color pixel, and even more preferably has the film of the present invention as its red pixel.

 光学フィルタは、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a resin composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 , and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4. In addition, in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.

 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. Known organic solvents (e.g., propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used as the organic solvent contained in the resin composition. When forming the protective layer by chemical vapor deposition, known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition) can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method.

 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic fine particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary. Examples of organic or inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate. Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.

 保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.

 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.

<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state imaging element>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.

 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 The substrate has a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like, a light-shielding film that opens only the light receiving portion of the photodiode on the photodiode and the transfer electrode, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a color filter on the device protection film. Furthermore, the device protection film may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or a light-collecting means on the color filter. The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partitions have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A. In addition, as shown in JP 2019-211559 A, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance. The imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices with imaging functions (such as mobile phones), as well as in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.

<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. The definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices" (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and "Display Devices" (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989). The liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology" (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994). There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied, and the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。また、下記に示す構造式中、iPrはイソプロピル基を表す。 The present invention will be explained in more detail below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, in the structural formula shown below, iPr represents an isopropyl group.

<分散液の製造>
(処方1)
 顔料と誘導体1とを固形分換算で合計15質量部と、誘導体2を固形分換算で0.5質量部と、分散剤を固形分換算で4.5質量部と、溶剤を80質量部との混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.1mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した。次いで、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、圧力2000kg/cmおよび流量500g/minの条件の下、分散処理を行った。この分散処理を全10回まで繰り返して、分散液を得た。なお、顔料、誘導体、分散剤および溶剤はそれぞれ下記表に示す素材を用いた。
<Preparation of Dispersion>
(Formulation 1)
A mixture of 15 parts by mass of pigment and derivative 1 in total calculated as solid content, 0.5 parts by mass of derivative 2 in solid content, 4.5 parts by mass of dispersant in solid content, and 80 parts by mass of solvent was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.1 mm diameter). Next, a dispersion treatment was performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism under conditions of a pressure of 2000 kg/ cm2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated a total of 10 times to obtain a dispersion. The pigment, derivative, dispersant, and solvent used were the materials shown in the table below.

(処方2)
 顔料と誘導体1とを固形分換算で合計15質量部と、誘導体2を固形分換算で0.3質量部と、分散剤を固形分換算で4.7質量部と、溶剤を80質量部との混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.1mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した。次いで、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、圧力2000kg/cmおよび流量500g/minの条件の下、分散処理を行った。この分散処理を全10回まで繰り返して、分散液を得た。なお、顔料、誘導体、分散剤および溶剤はそれぞれ下記表に示す素材を用いた。
(Formulation 2)
A mixture of 15 parts by mass of pigment and derivative 1 in total calculated as solid content, 0.3 parts by mass of derivative 2 in solid content, 4.7 parts by mass of dispersant in solid content, and 80 parts by mass of solvent was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.1 mm diameter). Next, a dispersion treatment was performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism under conditions of a pressure of 2000 kg/ cm2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated a total of 10 times to obtain a dispersion. The pigment, derivative, dispersant, and solvent used were the materials shown in the table below.

(処方3)
 顔料と誘導体1とを固形分換算で合計15質量部と、誘導体2を固形分換算で1.2質量部と、分散剤を固形分換算で3.8質量部と、溶剤を80質量部との混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.1mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した。次いで、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、圧力2000kg/cmおよび流量500g/minの条件の下、分散処理を行った。この分散処理を全10回まで繰り返して、分散液を得た。なお、顔料、誘導体、分散剤および溶剤はそれぞれ下記表に示す素材を用いた。
(Formulation 3)
A mixture of 15 parts by mass of pigment and derivative 1 in total calculated as solid content, 1.2 parts by mass of derivative 2 in solid content, 3.8 parts by mass of dispersant in solid content, and 80 parts by mass of solvent was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.1 mm diameter). Next, a dispersion treatment was performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism under conditions of a pressure of 2000 kg/ cm2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated a total of 10 times to obtain a dispersion. The pigment, derivative, dispersant, and solvent used were the materials shown in the table below.

 上記表の略語で記載した素材の詳細は以下の通りである。
(顔料)
 P-1:C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(フタロシアニン化合物、緑色顔料)
 P-2:C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(フタロシアニン化合物、緑色顔料)
 P-3:C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
 P-4:C.I.ピグメントイエロー150(アゾ化合物、黄色顔料)
 P-5:C.I.ピグメントイエロー185(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
 P-6:C.I.ピグメントレッド254(ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料)
 P-7:C.I.ピグメントレッド272(ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料)
 P-8:C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(フタロシアニン化合物、青色顔料)
 P-9:C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(ジオキサジン化合物、紫色顔料)
 P-10:下記構造の化合物
 P-11:C.I.ピグメントイエロー129(アゾメチン化合物、黄色顔料)
Details of the materials listed with the abbreviations in the table above are as follows:
(Pigment)
P-1: C.I. Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment)
P-2: C.I. Pigment Green 58 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment)
P-3: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
P-4: C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 (azo compound, yellow pigment)
P-5: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
P-6: C.I. Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment)
P-7: C.I. Pigment Red 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment)
P-8: C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment)
P-9: C.I. Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine compound, purple pigment)
P-10: Compound having the following structure
P-11: C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 (azomethine compound, yellow pigment)

(誘導体)
 Syn-A1:下記構造の化合物(色素構造と酸基とを有する化合物、分子量750)
 Syn-A2:下記構造の化合物(色素構造と酸基とを有する化合物、分子量363)
 Syn-A3:下記構造の化合物(色素構造と酸基とを有する化合物、分子量650)
 Syn-A4:下記構造の化合物(色素構造と酸基とを有する化合物、分子量432)
 Syn-A5:下記構造の化合物(色素構造と酸基とを有する化合物、分子量2000)
 Syn-B1:下記構造の化合物(アミノ基を3つ有する化合物、分子量146、アミン価1145.7mgKOH/g)
 Syn-B2:下記構造の化合物(アミノ基を4つ有する化合物、分子量178、アミン価1261.3mgKOH/g)
 Syn-B3:下記構造の化合物(アミノ基を5つ有する化合物、分子量189、アミン価1075mgKOH/g)
 Syn-B4:エポミンSP-003((株)日本触媒製、アミノ基を2つ以上有する化合物、ポリエチレンイミン、分子量300、アミン価934.7mgKOH/g、固形分濃度30質量プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル溶液)
 Syn-B5:エポミンSP-006((株)日本触媒製、アミノ基を2つ以上有する化合物、ポリエチレンイミン、分子量600、アミン価903.8mgKOH/g、固形分濃度30質量プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル溶液)
 Syn-B6:エポミンSP-012((株)日本触媒製、アミノ基を2つ以上有する化合物、ポリエチレンイミン、分子量1200、アミン価894.7mgKOH/g、固形分濃度30質量プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル溶液)
(Derivatives)
Syn-A1: Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 750)
Syn-A2: Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 363)
Syn-A3: Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 650)
Syn-A4: Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 432)
Syn-A5: Compound having the following structure (compound having a dye structure and an acid group, molecular weight 2000)
Syn-B1: Compound having the following structure (compound having three amino groups, molecular weight of 146, amine value of 1145.7 mg KOH/g)
Syn-B2: Compound having the following structure (compound having four amino groups, molecular weight 178, amine value 1261.3 mgKOH/g)
Syn-B3: Compound having the following structure (compound having five amino groups, molecular weight of 189, amine value of 1075 mg KOH/g)
Syn-B4: Epomin SP-003 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., a compound having two or more amino groups, polyethyleneimine, molecular weight 300, amine value 934.7 mg KOH/g, solid content concentration 30 mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether solution)
Syn-B5: Epomin SP-006 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., a compound having two or more amino groups, polyethyleneimine, molecular weight 600, amine value 903.8 mg KOH/g, solid content concentration 30 mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether solution)
Syn-B6: Epomin SP-012 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., a compound having two or more amino groups, polyethyleneimine, molecular weight 1200, amine value 894.7 mg KOH/g, solid content concentration 30 mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether solution)

(分散剤)
 D-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量21085、酸価74.7mgKOH/g)
 D-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモルであり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量25764、酸価48.7mgKOH/g)
 D-3:下記構造の化合物(繰り返し単位に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエーテル構造と酸基を有する化合物、重量平均分子量2613、酸価74.7mgKOH/g)
 D-5:塩基性グラフトポリマー(特許第5953380号公報に記載の合成例9に記載の方法(ポリエチレングリコールモノプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルモノアミン(分子量2000)と、メタクリル酸イソシアナトエチル(重量平均分子量155.15、昭和電工社製、商品名カレンズMOI)との反応生成物であるマクロモノマー/ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート/メチルメタクリレートのリビングラジカル重合)で合成した樹脂、ポリエーテル構造および塩基性基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量24200、数平均分子量17300、アミン価40.0mgKOH/g)
(Dispersant)
D-1: Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 21085, acid value of 74.7 mgKOH/g)
D-2: Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is in moles, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 25764, and acid value of 48.7 mgKOH/g)
D-3: Compound having the following structure (the numerical value added to the repeating unit is the number of repeating units. Compound having a polyether structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 2613, acid value of 74.7 mgKOH/g)
D-5: Basic graft polymer (a resin synthesized by the method described in Synthesis Example 9 of Japanese Patent No. 5953380 (living radical polymerization of macromonomer/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate/methyl methacrylate, which is a reaction product of polyethylene glycol monopropylene glycol monomethyl ether monoamine (molecular weight 2000) and isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 155.15, manufactured by Showa Denko K.K., product name Karenz MOI)), a resin having a polyether structure and a basic group, weight average molecular weight 24200, number average molecular weight 17300, amine value 40.0 mgKOH/g)

(溶剤)
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
(solvent)
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)

<組成物の製造>
 各素材を、以下に示す処方1~20の割合で混合し、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各組成物を製造した。なお、添加剤を配合した実施例80、81、94においては、下記表に記載の添加剤を更に0.1質量部配合した。
<Production of Composition>
Each material was mixed in the ratio of formulations 1 to 20 shown below, and filtered through a nylon filter with a pore size of 0.45 μm (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) to produce each composition. Note that in Examples 80, 81, and 94 in which additives were blended, 0.1 parts by mass of the additives shown in the table below were further blended.

 上記組成物の処方を示す表中の略語で示す素材の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the table showing the formulation of the above composition are as follows:

(分散液)
 分散液1~70、C1~C5:上述した分散液1~70、C1~C5
(Dispersion)
Dispersions 1 to 70, C1 to C5: Dispersions 1 to 70, C1 to C5 described above

(モノマー(重合性化合物))
 M-1:下記構造の化合物の混合物(左側化合物(6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と右側化合物(5官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)とのモル比が7:3の混合物)
 M-2:下記構造の化合物
 M-3:下記構造の化合物
(Monomer (polymerizable compound))
M-1: A mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of the compound on the left (a hexafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) and the compound on the right (a pentafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) in a molar ratio of 7:3)
M-2: Compound having the following structure
M-3: Compound having the following structure

(光重合開始剤)
 I-1:下記構造の化合物
 I-2:下記構造の化合物
 I-3:下記構造の化合物
(Photopolymerization initiator)
I-1: Compound having the following structure
I-2: Compound having the following structure
I-3: Compound having the following structure

(バインダー)
 B-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量18300、酸価61.8mgKOH/g)の30質量%PGMEA溶液
 B-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量19143、酸価94.7mgKOH/g)の30質量%PGMEA溶液
 B-3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量20000、酸価70.1mgKOH/g)の30質量%PGMEA溶液
 B-4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量10424、酸価44.3mgKOH/g、アミン価40.0mgKOH/g)の20質量%PGMEA溶液
 B-5:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。ポリエステル構造と酸基を有する樹脂、重量平均分子量20903、酸価36.0mgKOH/g、アミン価47.0mgKOH/g)の20質量%溶液(溶媒:PGMEA:PGME)=9:1の混合液)
 B-6:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量12073、酸価195.4mgKOH/g)の30質量%PGMEA溶液
(binder)
B-1: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 18,300, acid value of 61.8 mgKOH/g)
B-2: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight 19143, acid value 94.7 mgKOH/g)
B-3: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight of 20,000, acid value of 70.1 mgKOH/g)
B-4: 20% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight 10424, acid value 44.3 mgKOH/g, amine value 40.0 mgKOH/g)
B-5: 20% by mass solution of a resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Resin having a polyester structure and an acid group, weight average molecular weight 20903, acid value 36.0 mgKOH/g, amine value 47.0 mgKOH/g) (solvent: PGMEA:PGME) = 9:1 mixture)
B-6: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the numerical values added to the main chain are molar ratios; weight average molecular weight 12073, acid value 195.4 mgKOH/g)

(界面活性剤)
 Su-1:下記構造の化合物
(Surfactant)
Su-1: Compound having the following structure

(重合禁止剤)
 In-1:下記構造の化合物
(Polymerization inhibitor)
In-1: a compound having the following structure

(添加剤)
 C-1:下記構造の化合物
 C-2:下記構造の化合物
(Additives)
C-1: Compound having the following structure
C-2: Compound having the following structure

(溶剤)
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-3:シクロペンタノン
(solvent)
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-3: Cyclopentanone

<評価>
(保存安定性)
 製造直後の組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、東機産業(株)製「RE-85L」にて測定した。上記測定後、組成物を45℃、遮光、3日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。上記静置前後での粘度差(ΔVis)から下記評価基準に従って保存安定性を評価した。粘度差(ΔVis)の数値が小さいほど、組成物の保存安定性が良好であるといえる。上記粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で測定した。
-評価基準-
 4:ΔVisが0.2mPa・s以下であった
 3:ΔVisが0.2mPa・sを超え、0.3mPa・s以下であった
 2:ΔVisが0.3mPa・sを超え、0.5mPa・s以下であった
 1:ΔVisが0.5mPa・sを超えた
<Evaluation>
(Storage stability)
The viscosity (mPa·s) of the composition immediately after production was measured using "RE-85L" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. After the above measurement, the composition was left to stand at 45°C, protected from light, for 3 days, and the viscosity (mPa·s) was measured again. The storage stability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria from the viscosity difference (ΔVis) before and after the above standing. It can be said that the smaller the viscosity difference (ΔVis) value, the better the storage stability of the composition. The above viscosity measurements were all performed in a laboratory where the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22±5°C and 60±20%, and the temperature of the composition was adjusted to 25°C.
-Evaluation criteria-
4: ΔVis was 0.2 mPa·s or less. 3: ΔVis was greater than 0.2 mPa·s and less than 0.3 mPa·s. 2: ΔVis was greater than 0.3 mPa·s and less than 0.5 mPa·s. 1: ΔVis was greater than 0.5 mPa·s.

(輝度ムラ)
 ガラス基板上にCT-4000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を膜厚が0.1μmとなるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で1時間加熱して下地層を形成した。この下地層付きのガラス基板上に各組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して、厚さ0.5μmの組成物層を得た。
 この組成物層に対して、365nmの波長の光を照射し、露光量500mJ/cmにて露光を行った。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間ポストベークを行い、膜を形成した。この膜が形成されたガラス基板(評価用基板)を用いて輝度分布を下記方法で解析し、平均からのずれが±10%以上である画素数をもとに輝度ムラの評価を行った。
 輝度分布の測定方法について説明する。評価用基板を光学顕微鏡の観測レンズと光源との間に設置して光を観測レンズに向けて照射し、その透過光状態をデジタルカメラが設置された光学顕微鏡MX-50(オリンパス社製)を用いて観察した。膜表面の撮影は、任意に選択した5つの領域に対して行った。撮影画像の輝度を0~255までの256階調の濃度分布として数値化して保存した。この画像から輝度分布を解析し、平均からのズレが±10%を超える画素数にて輝度ムラを評価した。評価基準は以下の通りである。
 4:平均からのズレが±10%を超える画素数が3000以下である。
 3:平均からのズレが±10%を超える画素数が3000を超え5000以下である。
 2:平均からのズレが±10%を超える画素数が5000を超え15000以下である。
 1:平均からのズレが±10%を超える画素数が15000を超える。
(Brightness unevenness)
CT-4000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to a glass substrate by spin coating to a film thickness of 0.1 μm, and heated on a hot plate at 220° C. for 1 hour to form an undercoat layer. Each composition was applied to the glass substrate with the undercoat layer by spin coating, and then heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes to obtain a composition layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm.
This composition layer was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm, and exposed to an exposure dose of 500 mJ/ cm2 . Then, post-baking was performed using a hot plate at 220°C for 300 seconds to form a film. The luminance distribution was analyzed by the following method using the glass substrate (evaluation substrate) on which this film was formed, and luminance unevenness was evaluated based on the number of pixels with a deviation of ±10% or more from the average.
The measurement method of the luminance distribution will be described. The evaluation substrate was placed between the observation lens of an optical microscope and a light source, and light was irradiated toward the observation lens, and the transmitted light state was observed using an optical microscope MX-50 (manufactured by Olympus Corporation) equipped with a digital camera. Photographs of the film surface were taken of five arbitrarily selected areas. The luminance of the photographed image was quantified as a density distribution of 256 gradations from 0 to 255 and saved. The luminance distribution was analyzed from this image, and the luminance unevenness was evaluated by the number of pixels that deviated from the average by more than ±10%. The evaluation criteria are as follows.
4: The number of pixels whose deviation from the average exceeds ±10% is 3,000 or less.
3: The number of pixels with a deviation from the average of more than ±10% is more than 3,000 and is 5,000 or less.
2: The number of pixels whose deviation from the average exceeds ±10% is more than 5,000 and is 15,000 or less.
1: The number of pixels whose deviation from the average exceeds ±10% exceeds 15,000.

(現像残渣)
 8インチ(20.32cm)シリコンウエハに、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成し、下地層付シリコンウエハ(支持体)を得た。次いで、各組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.62μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、365nmの波長の光を1000mJ/cmの露光量で1.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウエハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、CD-2000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)の60%希釈液を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行ったのち、シリコンウエハを真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってシリコンウエハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行い、その後スプレー乾燥した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、パターン(画素)を形成した。
 画素が形成されたシリコンウエハについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(倍率10000倍)で観察し、下記評価基準に従って現像残渣を評価した。
-評価基準-
 4:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)には、残渣がまったく確認されなかった
 3:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がごくわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 2:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 1:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣が著しく確認された
(Development Residue)
A composition for forming an underlayer (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the thickness after post-baking was 0.1 μm, and the underlayer was formed by heating at 220° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate, and a silicon wafer with an underlayer (support) was obtained. Next, each composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.62 μm. Next, the wafer was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate. Next, the wafer was exposed to light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 1.0 μm square using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.). Next, the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin-shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at 23°C using a 60% diluted solution of CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.). The silicon wafer was then fixed to the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck system, and while rotating the silicon wafer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device, pure water was supplied in the form of a shower from a spray nozzle from above the center of rotation to perform a rinse treatment, and then spray-dried. Furthermore, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200°C to form a pattern (pixel).
The silicon wafer on which the pixels were formed was observed under a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (magnification: 10,000 times), and the development residue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
-Evaluation criteria-
4: No residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area). 3: Very slight residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but to a degree that did not pose any practical problems. 2: Slight residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but to a degree that did not pose any practical problems. 1: Significant residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area).

 上記表に示すように、実施例の組成物は、保存安定性、輝度ムラおよび現像残渣の評価に優れていた。 As shown in the table above, the compositions of the examples were excellent in terms of storage stability, brightness unevenness, and development residue.

 実施例に記載の組成物から得られる膜は、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置に好適に用いることができる。 The films obtained from the compositions described in the examples can be suitably used in optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.

Claims (13)

 顔料Aと、
 色素構造、芳香族環および複素芳香族環から選択される少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基とを有し、分子量が122以上2000未満である化合物Bと、
 1分子中にアミノ基を2個以上含み、分子量が60以上2000未満である化合物Cと、
 ポリエステル構造およびポリエーテル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基および塩基性から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、を有する重量平均分子量2000~30000の化合物Dと、
 を含む組成物。
Pigment A;
a compound B having at least one structure selected from a dye structure, an aromatic ring, and a heteroaromatic ring, and an acid group, and having a molecular weight of 122 or more and less than 2,000;
A compound C containing two or more amino groups in one molecule and having a molecular weight of 60 or more and less than 2,000;
A compound D having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 and having at least one structure selected from a polyester structure and a polyether structure, and at least one group selected from an acid group and a basic group;
A composition comprising:
 前記化合物Cは、ポチエチレンイミンである、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition of claim 1, wherein compound C is polyethyleneimine.  前記化合物Cは、複素芳香族環を有する化合物である、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein compound C is a compound having a heteroaromatic ring.  前記化合物Cのアミン価が800mgKOH/g以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the amine value of compound C is 800 mg KOH/g or more.  前記化合物Bの100質量部に対して、前記化合物Cを10~150質量部含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising 10 to 150 parts by mass of compound C per 100 parts by mass of compound B.  前記顔料Aの100質量部に対し、前記化合物Bを5~15質量部、前記化合物Cを2~8質量部、および、前記化合物Dを30~50質量部含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising 5 to 15 parts by mass of compound B, 2 to 8 parts by mass of compound C, and 30 to 50 parts by mass of compound D, relative to 100 parts by mass of pigment A.  更に、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.  前記組成物の全固形分中における前記顔料Aの含有量が50質量%以上である、請求項7に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 7, wherein the content of the pigment A in the total solid content of the composition is 50 mass% or more.  前記顔料Aは、ジケトピロロピロール顔料およびフタロシアニン顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the pigment A includes at least one selected from a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a phthalocyanine pigment.  請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物を用いてられる膜。 A film made using the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3.  請求項10に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。 An optical filter having the film according to claim 10.  請求項10に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device having the film according to claim 10.  請求項10に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the film according to claim 10.
PCT/JP2024/028608 2023-08-23 2024-08-09 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device Pending WO2025041642A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023135539 2023-08-23
JP2023-135539 2023-08-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025041642A1 true WO2025041642A1 (en) 2025-02-27

Family

ID=94732127

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/028608 Pending WO2025041642A1 (en) 2023-08-23 2024-08-09 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202509154A (en)
WO (1) WO2025041642A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021235373A1 (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid image pickup element, and image display apparatus
WO2022085485A1 (en) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, method for producing film, method for producing optical filter, a method for producing solid-state imaging element, and method for producing image display device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021235373A1 (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid image pickup element, and image display apparatus
WO2022085485A1 (en) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, method for producing film, method for producing optical filter, a method for producing solid-state imaging element, and method for producing image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202509154A (en) 2025-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2024190447A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR102790553B1 (en) Coloring compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and compounds
WO2024181118A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR102795450B1 (en) Coloring compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and compounds
CN119422109A (en) Photosensitive composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR20240140976A (en) Coloring compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
KR20250003972A (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
KR20240091054A (en) Resin compositions, membranes, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
WO2025041642A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7574295B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR102800737B1 (en) Coloring compositions, films, color filters, light sensors and display devices
WO2025013624A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2025121175A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2025041643A1 (en) Curable composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2025121174A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR20260009379A (en) Compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
WO2025033225A1 (en) Curable composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2025013625A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024190446A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2025142494A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, optical filter, optical filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2026014261A1 (en) Curable composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2025154520A1 (en) Photocurable composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR20260011747A (en) Curable compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
WO2025134800A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024070695A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24856333

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 1020257042069

Country of ref document: KR

Free format text: ST27 STATUS EVENT CODE: A-0-1-A10-A15-NAP-PA0105 (AS PROVIDED BY THE NATIONAL OFFICE)

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020257042069

Country of ref document: KR